Crim Red Tips April2023

ARC's RED TIPS APRIL2023
CRIMINOLOGY
1. JUNE 2018 CLE, An act creating the board

of examiners for criminologist in the Philippines and for
other purposes. (Baka lang itanong though repealed na
7. Which type of criminal possesses atavistic
ito)
tendency? **1000stars**
A. R.A 6506
A. Neurotic
B. R.A 11131 – repealed R.A 6506
B. Born
C. R.A 7610
D. None of these C. Psychotic
D. Hedonistic
2. A criminology research on the links between the 8. He formulated the formula, Criminal
different types of crimes and criminals is referred behavior equals criminal tendencies plus crime inducing
to as crime ____. **1000STARS** situation divided by person emotional resistance to
A. etiology temptation.**1000STARS**
B. profiling A. David Abrahamsen
C. typology B. Sigmund Freud
D. statistics C. Cesare Lombroso
D. Edwin Sutherland
3. Crime is_____.(June 2018 CLE)
A. Individual act 9. A person who commits crime due to less
B. Natural act. physical stamina or self control.**1000STARS**
C. Social problem A. Pseudo criminals = SELF DEFENSE
D. Community problem B. Insane Criminals = CANNOT
DISTINGUISH RIGHT FROM WRONG
C. Criminal By Passion =ANGER/REVENGE/JEALOUSY
4. Who applied the modern methods of the D. Criminaloids
physical sciences to the social sciences that paved way
for the birth of sociology?1000Stars
A. Jeremy Sentham
B. Cesare Beccana 10. The return of a trait or reappearance of previous
behavior after a period of
C. August Comte
absence.**1000STARS**
D. Samuel Romilly
ATAVISM
ATAVISTIC ANOMALY
5. What is NOT an element of classical criminology?
Atavistic stigmata
**1000STARS**
Born Criminals
A. The use of scientific method in
explaining phenomenon like criminal
behavior.
11. Moral aspect of personality also known
B. Crime is attractive when it promises great
as the conscience.**1000STARS**
benefits with little effort.
A. ID = pleasure
C. People have free will to choose lawful B. B. EGO =Consciousness/Reality
solutions to meet their needs or settle their C. SUPER EGO
problems D. Sub-conscious
D. Crime may be controlled by the fear of
punishment. 12. Any crime committed by individual from
a lower social class of
6. What Phenomena in a hostage situation society.**1000STARS**
where the hostages become sympathetic to the hostage- A. White-Collar crime = upper socio-
takers. **1000 Stars** economic status
A. Lima Syndrome B. Blue-collar crime =ordinary
B. Stockholm Syndrome - criminals
C. London Syndrome C. Political crime
D. All of these D. None of these
Lima syndrome= the hostage taker develops sympathy

to hostages 13. What is the doctrine that requires a
London syndrome= hostages becomes uncooperative to process of resolving conflicts with the maximum
hostage taker involvement of the victim, the offender and the
community?**1000STARS**
A. Restorative Justice
1|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

B. Miranda Doctrine concordant with the advancement of other sciences that
C. Justice has been applied to it. This means that criminology
D. None of these is**1000STARS**
A. Dynamic
14. When a girls see her mother as rival for B. Progressive
her father, this complex is refers to? C. Applied Science
**1000STARS** D. Nationalistic
A. Oedipus Complex = kabaligtaran ng
Electra 21. What is the particular field of study in
B. Electra Complex criminology when one is studying the causes of crime
C. Mother-daughter-rival-Conflict in a given geographical location?**1000STARS**
D. None of these A. Sociology of crime
Remember this Pneumonics B. Criminal Demography
EGF & OBM C. Criminal ecology
Electra-Girl -Father D. Criminal etiology
Oedipus-Boy-Mother
22. What is the type of offense committed
15. Any act committed or omitted in where there is no private offended party involved?
violation of a public law forbidding or **1000STARS**
commanding it.**1000STARS** A. Status Offense-committed by minor
A. Felony=RPC B. Victimless Crimes- ex. Prostitution,
B. Offense=SPL gambling
C. Crime -generic term C. A and B
D. Mala In se-INHERENTLY EVIL D. None of these
16. It is term as the relationship between

the victim and the offender.**1000STARS** 23. What is this theory which holds that crime is a
A. Penal Couple function of the conflict between the goals
B. Married Couple people have and the means they can use to
C. Crime-Suit Couple legally obtain them? It argues that it is the
D. None of these inability to obtain these goals, usually materials
goals that trigger the commission of crimes
because members of the lower class are unable
17. Raffaele Garofalo traced the roots of criminal
to achieve these goals which come easy for
behavior not to physical features but to their
members of the upper class.**1000STARS**
psychological equivalents, which he
a.Social disorganization theory
called**1000STARS**
Physical anomalies B.Cultural deviance theory
Immoral anomalies C. Social learning theory
Mental anomalies D. Strain theory
Moral anomalies
24. This explains that in crime causation, biology
18. Refers to the scientific study of crimes, can affect psychology, which can affect social
criminals, and victims. It also deals with the well-being, which can further affect biology,
prevention, and solution of and so on. **1000STARS**
crimes.**1000STARS** A. The “Bio” component
a. Criminology as defined by Edwind Sutherland B. The “Psycho” component
B.Criminology as defined by RA 6506 C. The “Social” component
C. Criminology as defined by IRR RA 11131 D. The BIO-PSYCHOSOCIAL MODEL
D.Criminology as defined by RA 11131
Which is known as RA 11131? **1000STARS** 25. DECEMBER 2017, He was considered as

A. The Philippine Criminology Profession Act of the father of Classical school of Criminology.
2019 A. Cesare Bonesa Marchese De Becarria
B. The Philippine Criminology Profession Act B. Cesare Bonesana De Marchese Beccaria
of 2018 C. Cesare Bonesana Marchese De
C. The Criminology Profession Act of 2018 Becarria
D. The Criminology Profession Act of 2019 D. Cesar Montano Beccaria
19. The people seeks pleasure and avoids

26. Sexual pleasure is achieved through
pain is refers to?**1000STARS**
using and saying shouting bad words while having sex
A. Classical Theory-free will
called:**1000STARS**
B. Hedonism- formulated by Jeremy
A. Coprophilia-unpleasant smell
Bentham
B. Coprolalia = other term Scatologia
C. Utilitarianism – the greatest good for the
C. Bad words
greatest number of people/Jeremy Bentham
D. Coprophagia- eating human feces ( Ito
D. None of these
lumabas noong December 2017 CLE)
20. Criminology changes as social condition

27. This format of thesis writing is most commonly
changes. This means the progress of criminology is

used to cite sources within the social sciences. 34. DECEMBER 2017, He introduced the
**1000STARS** “theory of imitation” which states that the
A. HARVARD individuals copy behavior patterns of other
B. Modern Language Association (MLA) individuals, and that those with weaker
C. American Psychological Association personalities tend to get influenced easier by
(APA) those with stronger personalities.
D. Nota A. Emile Durkheim
B. Adolphe Quetelet
C. Gabriel Tarde=Jean Gabriel Tarde
Note: Ilang ulit ito naitanong noong Dec2022
D. None of these
Exam baka itanong ulit
28. June 2018 CLE, It is a sexual disorder 35. What do we call the psychological,
characterized by the inability to achieve or maintain emotional and behavioral reactions and deficits
erection for a successful intercourse. of women victims and their inability to respond
A. Erectile Insufficiency effectively to repeated physical and
B. Vaginismus psychological violence?**1000STARS**
C. Pre-matured ejaculation = bilis mag A. Woman Menopausal Syndrome
expload B. Battered Woman Syndrome
D. Aspermia = a semen but no sperm cells
C. Violence against women
D. M'Naghten Rule
29. JUNE 2018 CLE, Who advocated The
Hierarchy of Needs?
36. Which idea does social positivism believe?
A. Alexander the great
*1000stars**
B. Abraham Maslow
C. David Emile Durkheim A. Crime is normal.
D. None of these B. Crime is due to free-will.
C. Criminal is born.
D. Crime is Inherited.
30. Which of the following is characterized by
emotional disturbances that lead to mental
illness? **1000stars** 37. Which approach is applied when the
a. Environmental government strategy on crime prevention is
punishment retribution of crime rather than the
b. Psychiatric
rehabilitation of offender? **1000stars**
c. Abnormal
A. Eclectic
d. Emotional maladjustments
B. Classical
C. Positivism
31. Which goal of criminal sentencing seeks
to prevent a particular offender from D. Sociological
engaging in repeat criminality?
A. General deterrence- 38. What academic discipline uses scientific method
B. Just desert to study the nature, extent, cause, and control
of criminal behavior? **1000stars**
C. Specific deterrence
A Police Administration
D. Retribution
B. Criminal Justice System
C. Criminology
General deterrence refers to the effects of legal
punishment on the general public (potential D. Sociology
offenders)
39. In the Philippines, there were 8,500
32. The Differential Association Theory homicide incidents reported to the authorities in
provides a good illustration of a social learning 2019 that the population of the country is
approach perspective in Criminology Criminal 105,000,000, what is the crime rate for
behavior according to this theory homicide in the same year?
is:**1000STARS** A. 8.095
A. result of an emotional disturbance
B. An inmate quality of goodness or B. 6.095
badness
C. An excess of wisdom C. 7.095
D. Learned and not inherited D. 5.095
33. Among the following, which is most Crime Rate – the number of incidents in a given period of
contagious on human emotion? time for every 100, 000 inhabitants of an area/place.
**1000STARS**
A. Fear GIVEN: CV = 8500
B. Panic POPULATION = 105,000,000
C. Worry
D. Dementia Praecox= aka schizophrenia
Formula:

{ }
Crime Volume 44. Which refers to a behavior of a lawbreaker that
X 100 ,000 leads to the commission of an illicit act?
CR = ¿¿ **1000STARS**
Population A. Immature behavior
B. Psychopathic behavior
CR = 8.095 C. Deviant behavior
D. Criminal behavior
40.
If the Punong Barangay is unable to achieve a 45. Which pillar of the criminal justice system
settlement, the case is referred for consultation includes all the agencies and various programs
mediation or arbitration to the ____________. that assume legal responsibility for the custody,
**1000STARS** supervision, treatment & punishment of
A. Pangkat ng Tagpagkasundo convicts? **1000STARS**
B. Lupong Tagapamayapa A. Prosecution
C. Police B. Correction
D. Elder group C. Court
D. Prison
REFER MUNA ITO NG BARANGAY CHAIRMAN SA
PANGKAT 46. Cesar is child in conflict with the law. Which
should be applied? **1000STARS**
Mediation by Barangay Captain. Upon receipt of A Restorative Justice
the complaint, the Barangay Captain shall, B. Juvenile Justice
within the next working day summon the C. Criminal Justice
respondent/s with notice to the complainant/s D. Retributive Justice
for them and their witnesses to appear before
him for a mediation of their conflicting
47. What is NOT a ground for the revocation of
interests. If he fails in his effort within fifteen
certificate of registration of a licensed
(15) days from the first meeting of the parties
criminologist? **1000STARS**
before him, he shall forthwith set a date for the
constitution of the Pangkat A. Malpractice and incompetency
B. Administrative sanctions
41. Which sub-areas constitute the discipline of C. Unprofessional conduct
criminology that utilizes scientific methods to D. Serious ignorance or gross negligence
assess the effectiveness of crime control and
offender treatment programs? A state of normlessness as proposed by Durkheim
**1000STARS** that describes France during its trying times.
A. Penology and Social Control **1000STARS**
B. Criminal Statistics and Research Methodology A. Strain Theory
C. Criminal behavior system and Criminal B. Anomie
Typology C. Labeling Theory
D. Sociology of law and Criminal Typology D. Differential Association Theory
42. The study of criminology involves several

disciplines. Which is the objective of 48. In which of the following penalty where
Criminology? **1000STARS** a preliminary investigation is required to be
A. The determination of the origin of law, conducted before the filing of a complaint or
measure the forces that can change laws and information for an offense?
society A. At least three (3) years, two (2) months and one
B. The study of the agencies of social control (1) day without regard to the fine
(police, courts and corrections) that prosecute B. At least six (6) years to 2 months and one (1)
convict, and treat criminal offenders day without regard to the fine
C. The development of general and C. At least four (4) years, two (2) months
verified principles regarding the process and one (1) day without regard to the fine
of law, crime, and treatment or D. At least five(5) years, two (2) months and one
prevention (1) day
D. The study of systematic set of interrelated
statements or principles that explain aspect of 49. A sub-discipline of criminology which focuses on
social life. victims of crime.**1000STARS**
A. penology
43. Which of these typologies of killer murder a B. criminal psychology
numerous number of people overtime and C. criminal profiling
seek to escape out of detection?
D. victimology
**1000STARS**
A. Serial
50. A theory that is based on the utilitarian concept
B. Spree
of free will and the greatest good of the
C. Mass greatest number. **1000STARS**
d. chance A. Classical School

B. Free will Theory C.2,3 and 5
C. Labeling Theory D.3,4 and 5
D. Neoclassical Theory NMEMONICS: GAROFELO
51. Pursuant to the previous question, when was 57. June 2018 CLE, Criminal____ the study
RA 11131 approved? **1000STARS** of milieu in relation to criminality:
A. Psychiatry
A. July 1, 1972
B. Psychology
B. November 8, 2018
C. Physical Anthropology
C. November 15, 2018 D. Epidemiology
D. November 30, 2018
Note: Milieu means environment
52. What is/are the realm of Developmental
Psychology? **1000STARS** 58. June 2018 CLE, It refers to an intagible
A. Inherent characteristics feeling that seems to evade any effort to
B. Nature-nurture resolve it.
C. Genetics A. Worry
D. Environmental B. Anxiety
C. Panic
53. Which refers to a feature that can be D. Fear
focused on separately but that cannot be 59. Johnny is found to be persistently misbehaving
understood without also considering other at home, school and community. He is ever
features**1000STARS** displaying coercive and threatening behavior in
A. Dimension dealing with other people. Such display of
B. Variable behavior is known as **1000STARS**
C. Limitation A. Minimal Brain Dysfunction
D. Parameter B. Oppositional Defiant Disorder
C. Conduct Disorder
54. As defined by RA 11131, which of the following D. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
describes a criminologist? **1000STARS**
A. a natural person who holds a valid 60. A transmission of physical characteristics,
certificate of registration and an updated mental traits, tendency to disease, etc. from
professional identification card as parents to offspring. **1000stars**
criminologist issued by the Board and the a. heredity
Commission b. environment
B. the scientific study of crimes, criminals, c. inheritance
and victims, it also deals with the prevention, d. Introvert
and solution of crimes
C. any person who is a graduate of the *introvert – loner, less sociable, schizoid
Degree of Criminology, who has passed the *extrovert – outgoing, thrill, adventure,
examination for criminologists and is registered sociable
as such by the Board *ambivert – balanced intro and extro
D. a person who graduated with a B.S. in
Criminology and passed the Criminologist 61. . Manuel's condition deprives him of freedom of
Licensure Examination choice, manifested by actions which deviate
from normal conduct. Such condition requires
55. Select an internal force of the treatment and medication. Which condition Is
psychoanalytic theory which states that all Manuel suffering from? *1000STARS**
psychoanalytic positions form the A. Mental illness
psychodynamic approach that views humans as
B. Mental retardation
biologically driven to get what they want when
C. Mental depression
they want it unless they are held in check by
D. Mental disorder
internal and external forces.**1000STARS**
A. Behavior
62. JUNE 2018 CLE , A person who commits
crime due to less physical stamina or self
B. Conscience
control.
C. Personality A. Criminaloids
D. Heredity B. Criminal by passion
C. Insane criminal
56. JUNE 2018 Who are referred to as the D. Born criminal
Holy Three in Criminology----------
i. Cesare Lombroso
ii. Cesare Beccaria 63. Who composed the Board of
iii. Raffaele Garofalo Criminology.
iv. Enrico Ferri A. Gabao, Fernandez, Palmones,
v. Jeremy Bentham Corpuz
A.1,2 and 3 B. Davao, Fernandez, Sta. Theresa, Corpuz
B.1,3 and 4 C. Gabao, Fernandes, Sta. Teresa,
Palmones

D. None of these D. Homicidal
64. JUNE 2018 CLE, The first school of 71. . This theory suggests that people break the
Criminology in the Philippines law because they are not sufficiently governed
A. University of Cordilleras by the social norms and mores of society.
B. Philippine College of Health and Sciences **1000STARS**
C. Plaridel Education Institute A. Strain theory
D. None of these B. Anomie theory
C. Rational choice theory
D. Control theory
65. Juancho is suffering from “split personality”
where he seems to have several distinct
personalities. Which condition is Juancho 72. JUNE 2018 CLE, The mass of precepts
suffering from? **1000STARS** which determines and regulates those relations
of assistance, authority and obedience existing
A. Borderline Personality
among members of a family as well as among
b. Dissociative
members of society for the protection of private
C. Anxiety interests.
D. Obsessive Compulsive a. Criminal Law
b Common Law
66. This personality is said to be that of a human c. Civil Law
being who possesses consciousness of the self
d. Substantive Law
and of the world. Which DOES NOT constitute
the personality of man **1000STARS**
73. What is Republic Act 11131?
A. Mental state
**1000STARS**
B. Temperament A. a law that amend the Republic Act 6506
C. Soul B. A law that partially amend Republic Act
D. Emotion 6506
C. A law that repeal the Republic Act
67. 38. A defendant in a criminal case must have 6506
the mental capacity to understand the charges D. A law that do not repeal Republic Act
against him/her. Who is a competent 6506
defendant? **1000STARS**
A. One who has been diagnosed with psychosis.
B One who has poor performance on 74. Which are acts and omissions punishable
psychological tests specifically designed to by the Revised Penal Code?
assess legally relevant functional abilities of the **1000STARS**
defendants. A. Culpa
C. One who has been diagnosed with psychosis B. Crimes --generic term
D. One who has good performance on C. Dolo
psychological tests specifically designed D. Felonies
to assess legally relevant functional Note: If punishable by Special Penal Law --
abilities of the defendants. Offense
75. What is the scientific study of victimization,

68. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is
including the relationships between victims and
characterized by intense disturbing thoughts,
offenders, the interactions between victims and
and feelings. related to a terrifying event that a
the criminal justice system and the connections
person has experienced, and lasts for a long
between victims and other societal groups and
time after such event has occurred. PTSD may
institutions, such as the media, businesses, and
be experienced after the following events.
social movements?**1000STARS**
EXCEPT___ **1000STARS**
A. Victimization
A. military combat B. Victimology
B. momentous events C. Sociology of Law
C. sexual assaults D. Penology
D. natural disasters
76. JUNE 2018 CLE, A child who is alleged as,
69. JUNE 2018 CLE, When was the Code of accused of, or adjudged as, having committed
Kalantiaw promulgated? an offense under Philippine laws is considered
A. 1433= 2ND OLDEST CODE **1000stars**
B. 1435 A. Child at risk = vulnerable to commit
C. 1453 crimes
D. 1469 B. Child in conflict with the law
C. Minor offense
70. Who is a person who kills three or more D. Juvenile offender
persons in three or more separate events?
**1000STARS** 77. Which is not a qualifications for the
A. Serial Killer board examiners (the Chairperson and its
B. Spree Killer members) under RA 11131? **1000STARS**
C. Mass Murderer

A. Must be a naturalized-born Filipino C. abnormal
citizens and a resident of the Philippines; D. violent
B. Must be of good moral character, good
reputation and of sound mind and body; 82. It assumes that all human actions are
C. Not convicted by a court of competent calculated in accordance with their likelihood of
jurisdictions of any offense involving moral bringing happiness (pleasure) or unhappiness
turpitude; (pain), what is this? **1000STARS**
D. Must be a graduate of Bachelor of A. Utilitarianism
Science in Criminology, and a holder of a Post- B. Altruism
Graduate Degree in Criminology or a lawyer in C. Hedonism
any reputable school recognized by CHED. D. Atavism
83. A criminological theory that states that visible
Note: The correct word is natural-born signs of crime, anti-social behavior, and civil
disorder create an urban environment that
78. Under the Philippine Criminology encourages further crime and disorder,
Profession Act of 2018, the following are the including serious crimes.**1000STARS**
qualifications for Criminology Licensure A. Anomie Theory
Examination, which is NOT? **1000STARS** B. Differential Association Theory
A. Must be a citizen of the Philippines or a C. Social Disorganization Theory
foreign citizen whose country/state has D. Broken Windows Theory
reciprocity with the Philippines in the practice of
criminology
84. Form of violent crime where there is the killing
b. Must be of good moral character, good
of several victims in three or more separate
reputation and of sound mind and body
incidents over a week, a month, a
certified by the school where he/she graduated
year.**1000STARS**
and the barangay where he/she lives, unless
the examinee is a foreign national a certification A. Spree Murder -continuous killing
from any professional of good standing will do. B. Serial Murder
c. Must hold a bachelor’s degree in criminology C. Mass Murder
duly accredited by the CHED and conferred by a D. Murder
school/college/university duly authorized by the
government or its equivalent degree obtained 85. The act known as the “Code of Conduct and
by either Filipino or foreign citizen from an Ethical Standards for Public Officials and
institution of learning in a foreign country/state; Employees. ”**1000STARS**
d. That those who failed three times A. RA 6975
whether consecutive or cumulative in the B. RA 8551
CLE present a certification of refresher C. RA 6713
from a reputable institution duly D. RA 7160
recognized by the CHED.
86. DECEMBER 2021, He reasoned that if
Note: Five (5) times dapat prevention was the purpose of punishment, and
if punishment became too costly by creating
79. In 1940s, criminology had been attacked
more harm than good, then penalties needed to
and questioned for its fitness as a science. From
be set just a bit in excess of the pleasure one
among the list below, who questioned the
might derive from committing a crime, and no
adequacy of criminology as a science?
higher. **1000STARS**
**1000STARS**
A. Jeremy Bentham
A. George L Wilmer
B. Cesare Beccaria
B. George L. Wilker
C. August Comte
C. George L. Wilber
D. Samuel Romilly
D. George L. Wilder
87. it is a voluntary process conducted under the
auspices of the court by referring the parties to
80. An integration or combination of different the Philippine Mediation Center Unit for the
aspects which explains that crime can be settlement of their dispute assisted by a
caused by an interplay of three elements. mediator accredited by the supreme court
Relating to a man’s physical, behavioral, and **1000stars**
relationship with other people. a. Judicial dispute resolution
**1000STARS** b. Court annexed mediation
A. Marxist Criminology c. Pretrial
d. Hearing
B. Biopsycosocial Theory
C. Somatotype Theory
88. What is another term for labeling
D. Broken Windows Theory theory?**1000STARS**
A. Social reaction theory
81. Criminology is also related to the study B. Social learning theory
of ______________ behaviors or those actions C. Social process theory
that depart from social norms, values, beliefs, D. Social control theory
and customs. **1000STARS**
A. deviant 89. Of the following, what is not a premise
B. delinquency of feminist theory

A. evaluates women's experiences from a -Characterized by chronic law-breaking; a habit
woman's perspective or point of view which this type cannot avoid or escape from.
B. enhances our understanding of the social iii. PSYCHIATRIC DELINQUENTS
world from a gender-focused viewpoint -Characterized by serious emotional
C. examines women's experiences in disturbances within the individual and in some
society cases associated with tendencies towards
D. girls are controlled more closely mental illness.
than boys in traditional male-dominated
households. there is gender equity in 96. He was regarded as the Dean of
contemporary egalitarian homes American Criminology and founded the Theory
on Differential Association.
**1000STARS**
90. Insanity is an abnormal mental or behavioral A. Henry Goddard
pattern which is an exempting circumstance in B. Richard Dugdale
a criminal case Aside from the insane who can C. Thorsten Sellin
invoke exempting circumstances? D. Edwin Sutherland
*1000STARS**
A. neurotic 97. DECEMBER 2017, He developed a
B. schizophrenic system of classifying criminals according to
c. imbecile bodily measurements, his method of
D. epileptic identification centered on the fact that no two
re individuals are alike in all dimensions.
91. It is the science and art of planning the A. Dr. Charles Goring
procedures for conducting studies so as to get B. Alphonse Bertillon – Bertillonage
the most valid findings.**1000STARS** system
A. Research design C. RH Goddard
B. Research ethics D. John Howard
C. Research hypothesis
98. This theory considers delinquent behavior as a
D. Research question
result of people’s frustration and anger over
their inability to achieve legitimate social and
92. This type of research describes a situation or a financial success.**1000STARS**
given state of affairs in terms of specified A. Strain theory
aspects or factors –**1000STARS** B. Imitation-Suggestion Theory
A. Intervention research C. Positivist Theory
B. Extensive research D. Labeling Theory
C. Correlation research
D. Descriptive research 99. A type of research that utilizes inferential
statistics to determine the results of the study
93. One of the major researches that utilize a time such as comparison studies and cause-and-
element that describes what will effect relationship.**1000STARS**
be.**1000STARS** A. Experimental
A. Experimental B. Developmental
B. descriptive C. Non-quantitative
C. Historical D. Quantitative
D. Statistical
100.A type of research that utilizes the description
94. This type of research attempts to explain of results rather than statistical
possible factors related to problems which have presentation.**1000STARS**
been observed in a descriptive A. Experimental
study.**1000STARS** B. Evaluation
A. Explanatory research C. Non-quantitative
B. Exploratory research D. Quantitative
C. Descriptive research
D. Historical Research 101. DECEMBER 2017 Known as the “Mother
of Criminals”.
95. A delinquent characterized by A. Margaret Juke
emotional disturbances that may lead to B. Ada Kallikak
mental illness. **1000STARS** C. Ada Juke
A. environmental delinquent D. Ada Edwards
B. emotionally maladjusted delinquent
C. psychiatric delinquent 102. DECEMBER 2017, This theory reflects
D. all of them the way people react to a given situation based
on the social influences they acquired from
THREE TYPES OF DELIQUENCY other people that practically determine their
i. ENVIRONMENTAL DELINQUENTS behaviors. This theory likewise serves as the
-Characterized by occasional law-breaking. learning process of delinquent behaviors and
ii. EMOTIONALLY MALADJUSTED considered as one of the most important theory
DELINQUENTS in crime causation.

a. Social Disorganization theory observed in a descriptive study.**1000STARS**
b. Culture Conflict theory A. Explanatory research B. Intervention research
c. Differential Association Theory C. Descriptive research D. extensive Research
d. Social Reaction Theory 111.
103.Who is a person who kills three or more 112. When both hostage and hostage taker
persons in three or more separate events? develop a mutual feeling of sympathy,
**1000STARS** understanding, and other shared stand on
A. Serial Killer issues, leading them to become enemies of the
B. Spree Killer State, this turn referred to as,
C. Mass Murderer A. Stockholm Syndrome
D. Homicidal B. Confrontation
C. Negotiation
104.Crime is caused by the rational effort of man to D. familiarization
augment his pleasure and to minimize his pains
is a notion coming from:**1000STARS**
113.Cesar is child in conflict with the law. Which
A. positivist school B. classical school
should be applied? **1000stars**
C. Chicago school D. neo-classical school A Restorative Justice
B. Juvenile Justice
C. Criminal Justice
D. Retributive Justice
105.ADR stands for? **1000STARS**
A. Alternative Desperate Resolution
114.What is NOT a ground for the revocation of
B. Alternative Dispute Resolution certificate of registration of a licensed
C. Alternative Despute Resolution criminologist? **1000stars**
D. None of the given option A. Malpractice and incompetency
B. Administrative sanctions
106.This theory suggests that people break the law C. Unprofessional conduct
because they are not sufficiently governed by D. Serious ignorance or gross negligence
the social norms and mores of society.
**1000STARS**
115. DECEMBER 2017, Sheldon noted that
A. Functionalist theory this type of physique have relatively
B. Anomie theory predominant muscles, bone and motor
C. Rational choice theory organs of the body.
D. Control theory A. Endomorphic -mataba
B. Mesomorphic
107.R.A. 9285 covers the following, except – C. Ectomorph -payat
**1000STARS** D. Viscerotonic
A. the civil status of persons
B. any ground for legal separation 116. DECEMBER 2017, The theory of criminal
C. the validity of a marriage law which is based on human free will and
D. disputes which by law can be compromised the purpose of the penalty is retribution is
referred to as the?
108. DECEMBER 2017, The principle of A. Classical Theory
criminal law which is “nullum crimen nulla B. Positivist Theory
poena sine lege” means: C. Neo Classical Theory
A. An act done by me against my will is not D. Neo-Positivist Theory
my act
B. There is no crime where no law Note: Kapag ang question is “free will is not
punishing it. absolute” answer is Neo Classical.
C. Ignorance of the law excuses no one.
D. Mistake of fact is an excuse. 117. DECEMBER 2017, The first written
criminal code developed in Babylonia about
2000 B.C.
109. DECEMBER 2017, This personality A. Code of Kalantiao
system controls the gateway to action. B. Sumakawel Code
A. alter ego C. Code of Hammurabi - lex taliones
B. Id D. Codico Penal
C. ego
D. Superego 118. What crime is committed when a person
110.What is a research that investigates relationships does not know the nature and quality of his act
between factors or variables?**1000STARS** on account of the disease of his mind?
A. Intervention research B. Correlation **1000STARS**
research A. Extinctive
C. Extensive research D. Explanatory B. Acquisitive
research C. Irrational
D. Rational
99. This type of research attempts to explain possible
factors related to problems which have been

119. DECEMBER 2017, It refers to crimes, it easier for an offender to commit crime?
which occur with sufficient regularity, and is **1000STARS**
used as the basis in determining the peace and A. Victim provocation
order situation in a particular locality. B. Victim administration
A. Simple crimes C Victim precipitation
b Index crimes D. Victim facilitation
c. Complex crimes
d. Non-index crimes
126.Many employees exert their best effort because
most of their supervisors and employers impose
120.. Janine could not conform to the social norms,
penalties for not following the rules. Just like in
rules, and regulations. She is manipulative,
deviant and criminal acts, the possibility for
deceitful, and reckless, and does not care for
repeating the deviant act is very highly if no
the feelings of other people. Which disorder is
corresponding penalties are imposed. Which
Janine suffering from? **1000STARS**
theory espouses social reinforcement by using
A. Antisocial Personality
reward and punishment? **1000STARS**
b. Depressive
A. Social Learning
C. Schizophrenia
D. Delusional B. Cognitive
C. Attachment
D. Behavior
121. DECEMBER 2017, it has been said that
the victim plays an important role in the 127.The anti-social behavior of the youth is a direct
commission of crimes. What do we refer to the result of internal conflict and pre-occupation
study that focuses on such part of the victim in with his own emotion and mood.
crimes? **1000stars**
A. Criminal Psychology- study of human A. Neurotic
behavior b. Social - aggressive
B. Victimology c. Accidental – peer pressure and curiosity
C. Criminal Psychiatry – study of human d. Asocial – cold, brutal, no remorse
mind
D. Criminal Ecology 128.To date, several branches of Victimology
started to grow. When a criminologist focuses
on advocating for the victims and their rights in
122.15. The following are considered practices of
relation to certain types of prosecutions. this
the Criminology profession in other countries.
branch is referred to as **1000STARS**
EXCEPT It is **1000stars**
A. General Victimology
A. a field under the social science
B. B Victimology
B. research-based profession
C Penal Victimology
C. a field under behavioral science
D. a profession under the Criminal Justice D. Forensic Victimology
umbrella
129.Amie travelled to a place where the inhabitants
123.What theory focuses on the genetic factors as have a culture different from his own. This
causes of crime? **1000stars** causes communication gap and
A. Classical misunderstanding between him and the
B. Psychological residents of the place. As a result, Amie can be
C. Biological an easy victim of a crime. Which refers to the
D. Sociological status of Amie? **1000STARS**
A. Immigrant
124.According to Lombroso, these are physical B. Female
characteristics that distinguish born criminals C. Senile
from the general population and are D. Minorities
throwbacks to animals or primitive people.
**1000stars** 130.Victims are the persons who suffered as a result
a. physical deviations of a crime. Which refers to the scientific study
b.distinguishable traits of victims and victimization, including the
c.atavistic stigmata relationships between victims and offenders,
d.ape-like appearance investigators, courts, corrections, media and
social movements? **1000STARS**
*at least 5 traits of an ape = born criminal A. Penal Victimology
*theory of atavism B. Victimology
*author – Marco Ezekiah “Cesare” C. General Victimology
Lombroso D. Forensic Victimology
125.. Motorists sometimes forget to lock their 131.Which of the following explains the biological
vehicles or may unintentionally leave their and psychological theories of crime?
cellular phones behind. In doing so, they **1000STARS**
become victims of a crime. Which refers to a A. The labeling of an individual and relating the
situation where a victim unintentionally makes label to criminality.
10 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

B. The way society is organized which results to THE PUBLIC
is being conducive to criminality.
C. The physical characteristics and mental 138.. Generally, the discipline that deals with what
qualities of man are conducive to is good and bad as well as our moral duties and
criminality. obligations is referred to as? **1000STARS**
D. The influence of society to crime commission A. Values
B. Philosophy
132. Which refers to the cult or instant C. Ethics
gratification? D. Morals
A. Non-Utilitarian
B. Short-run Hedonism 139.Socrates held that virtue is a form of knowledge
C. Negativism and that the cultivation of virtue is the most
D. Group Autonomy important human obligation. Which ethical
tenets was developed by Socrates?
133. A criminologist studied about the types **1000STARS**
of inmates in prison and how they interact with A. No man is deliberately corrupt and all evil
each other in order to understand why some activities come from ignorance
inmates adapt to incarceration more easily than B. Spiritual and sensual enjoyment are
others. The objective of the study is to propose associated with greatest freedom from
a general theory of inmate behavior that displeasure and pain
extends to all similar inmate populations. The C. Joy and cheerfulness as the highest good
researcher utilized ethnography as his research D. Justice, temperance and fortitude very
design. How is ethnography suitable to the well constitute the harmony of human
purpose of the study? activities
a. It studies certain group to gain
clear understanding of its internal 140. The government and private sector
operations or lifestyle spent an enormous amount of money for
b. It studies how people find their crime detection, prosecution, correction and
experiences meaningful. preventation.
c. It involves a lengthy study of a person, A. Crime is destructive
group or situation. B. Crime is Expensive
d. It prevents the discrimination of ethnic C. Crime is Progressive
groups. D. Crimes is Pervasive
134. It is a measuring or calculating of the

141.The findings of Registered criminologists can
probable duration of human life; the attempt to
very well get an innocent man free or convict
correlate the frequency of crime between
those who are guilty. Which Is NOT a criterion
parents and children or brothers and sisters.
that must guide criminologist in the formulation
a. Biometry
of their findings? **1000STARS**
b. Thermic law
c. Biosocial behavior A. It must conform with the goals and
d. Inheritance objectives of the prosecution.
B. It shall be derived from a fair and impartial
135. What is the manifestation of overt examination personally performed by them
aggression? **1000STARS** C. It must be done personally or with the aid
A. Concealment, dishonesty, sneaky behavior, increases of the legally authorized criminology
with age practitioners
B. Is unprovoked, deliberate, goal directed behavior D. It shall be based solely and entirely on
used to influence or coerce a peer logical and scientific deductions and conclusions
C. Direct confrontation with victims, generally
142. It is easily duped because his or her
decrease with age
motivation for easy gain lowers his or her
D. Is a hostile act displayed in response to a perceived natural tendency to be suspicious.
threat or provocation A. Greedy Type
136. The following represents tax evasion, B. Depressive Type
embezzlement of money, insurance and bank C. Wanton Type
fraud. D. Tormentor Type
A. Blue-Collar Crimes
B. Crimes of Repression PSYCHOLOGICAL TYPES OF VICTIMS
C. Cyber Crime
D. Occupational Crime  THE DEPRESSED-those submissive by virtue of
emotional condition
 THE ACQUISITIVE OR GREEDY- the value or act
of wanting more propels such individuals into
137. Which of the following choices does NOT
victimization
refer to conflict views? **1000STARS**=
MARXIST KASI TO  THE WANTON OR OVERLY SENSUAL -those
A. Crime is a politically declined concept. ruled by passion and thoughtlessly seeking
B. “Real crimes” are not pleasure
C. The law is a tool of the ruling or elite class  THE LONESOME- similar to the acquisitive type of
D. The law reflects public opinion = LAW IS victim-by virtue of wanting of companionship or
ONLY TOOL FOR ELITE/OLIGARCHS NOT BY affection
 HEARTBROKEN- those emotionally distributed by

virtue of heartaches and pains. 2004
 THE TORMENTOR- the type of victim who asked B. Bayanihan Act
for it, often from his own family or friends. C. Comprehensive Dangerous Drugs Law
D. The DILG Law
143. What internal processes are used to
explain human behavior which social learning 148. A famous movie plot is for the anti-hero to sow
theorists place great emphasis on cognitive
crime and discord in order for the human
processes? **1000STARS**
population to be reduced by murders. Those
A. Thinking and remembering
who survive must learn to be cohesive and law-
abiding thus, improving social integration and
B. Understanding and remembering social regulation. Which of the following
embraces this idea? **1000STARS**
C. Analyzing and understanding A. Culture conflict theory
D. Creating and thinking B. Structural functionalism
C. Strain the ory
144. Refers to a type of victim attacked from D. Social disorganization theory
the target of his or her abuse, such as with
battered women.
A. Depressive Type 149.There was a hostage-taking incident and the
B. Greedy Type Philippine National Police responded to address
C. Tormentor Type the situation. In man-made incidents like this,
D. Wanton Type which operational procedure must guide the
actions of the police personnel?
**1000STARS**
145. . In a certain geographical location where all
A. Incident Command System
residents are exposed to hazardous
environment (i.e., informal settlers) located B. PNP Manual on Anti-Illegal Drugs Operation
near polluted industrial sites, the likelihood that and Investigation
children born there may be inclined to criminal C. Critical Incident Management
activities. Which explains criminal acts are D. Police Operational Procedures
caused by environmental pollutants?
**1000STARS** 150.The PNP Directorate for Operations has issued
A. Biopsychosocial an alert bulletin that there is a strong possibility
B. Biosocial that a man-made critical Incident may occur
C. Biochemical within a short period of time. Which is its
D. Biopsychological equivalent critical Incident alert level?
**1000STARS**
140. Peter, a questioned document expert, was
employed to determine the authenticity of a A. Level 1 (Low)
testator’s holographic will. In determining his B. Level 4 (Extreme)
remuneration, which canon of professional C. Level 2 (Moderate)
ethics of registered criminologist should be D. Level 3 (High)
applied? **1000STARS**
A. Canon 7. Limitation of Authority 151.Which is an incident or event whether human-
B. Canon 8. Practice of Profession Induced or natural disaster that requires the
C. Canon 10. Decorum implementation of special tasks by one or more
D. Canon 9. Malpractice of the Profession government agencies? **1000STARS**
A. Disaster incident
146.John included in his resume that he is an expert B. Critical mass rally
in Dactyloscopy although his only training was C. Critical incident
when he was taking up Criminology as an D. Crisis management
undergraduate course. Which canon of
professional ethics of registered criminologists 152. This victim directly suffers the harm or
did he violate? **1000STARS** injury which is physical, psychological, and
A. Prohibition against self-laudatory or economic losses.
unfair statement or claim regarding to his A. Elementary Crime Victim
qualifications of services. B. Primary Crime Victim
B Prohibition against delegation to any C. Secondary Crime Victim
unqualified person the performance of any task. D. Tertiary Crime Victims
C Prohibition against the use their position or
153. Which theory proposes that people
rank in the law enforcement and other
learn attitudes and techniques conducive to
government services for self-interests.
crime in both social and non-social situations
D. Prohibition in engaging directly or indirectly from positive reinforcement (rewards) and
in any corrupt practices. negative reinforcement (punishments) that
result from their own behavior, whether that
147.In order to provide speedy disposition of justice behavior is law abiding or criminal?
and to unclog the courts. Republic Act No. 9285 **1000STARS**
was enacted. Which Is the title of this law?? A. Differential Identification
**1000STARS** B. Social Structurespree
A. Alternative Dispute Resolution Act of C. Differential Association

D. Social Learning 160. It is a branch in criminology which
opposes the theoretical perspective and
SPECIFIC ANSWER: DIFFERENTIAL purposes the involvement of all stakeholders in
REINFORCEMENT the use of non-violent solutions.
A. Masculinity
154. They experience the harm next hand, B. Peacemaking Criminology
such as intimate partners or significant others C. Social Bond
of rape victims or children of the battered D. Utilitarianism
woman.
A. Elementary Crime Victim
161.This way of life is based on mutual help. When
B. Primary Crime Victim
there ls abundance all are fed, when food it
C. Secondary Crime Victim -related sa
scarce all are hungry. Furthermore, a person is
Victim
subordinate to nature and becomes materialistic
D. Tertiary Crime Victim -not related sa
and selfish. Which is being referred to in this
victim
situation? **1000STARS**
A. Socialism
155. In the Communist Manifesto of Karl Marx, he
B. Altruism
explained that society is divided into two
C. Communism
classes the workers and capitalists. Which term
did he use in describing the workers? D. Anomie
**1000STARS**
A. Bourgeoisie 162.What deals with collecting data and testing
B. Proletariat hypotheses or answering questions concerning
the current status of the subject of study?
c. Laborer
**1000STARS**
D. Middlemen
A. Basic
B. Historical
156. Pedro does not want to interact with the rich in
C. Descriptive
his neighborhood and prefer to be associated
with people possessing the same economics D. Evaluative
status as with him. In this situation a sub-
culture is born that may produce 163.. Identify the classification of research which
disorganization in the youth as opposed to aims at finding a practical solution for an
conventional and traditional values. This is a immediate problem of society while making
classic example of which theory? optimal use of available resources?
**1000STARS** **1000STARS**
A. Social Conflict A. Historical
B. Social Process B. Basic
C. Social Control C. Evaluative
D. Social Structure D. Applied
157. They experience the harm vicariously, 164.The word "research" originated from the old
such as through media account of from French word "recerchier”. What is the meaning
watching television. of this word? **1000STARS**
A. Elementary Crime Victims A. To define and study
B. Primary Crime Victim B. To find and comprehend
C. Secondary Crime Victim C. To know and understand
D. Tertiary Crime Victims D. To search and search again
158. Which refers to self-focused attention 165. Which of the following DOES NOT characterize
toward one’s thoughts and feeling? anomie? **1000STARS**
**1000STARS**
A. It is the ability to adjust easily to
A. Depression
changing norms.
B. It is a conflict within the norms itself.
B. Frustration C. It is the Inability to adjust on changing
C. Aggression norms.
D. Rumination D. It is the failure of the individuals to
internalize the norms of the society.
159.Prevention capability, is essential for physical
security. For man-made incidents, which of the 166. DECEMBER 2021, The following choices
following courses of action Is NOT an are general behavior traits of a psychopath,
appropriate measure? **1000STARS** EXCEPT?__________. **1000STARS**
A. Warning and alert systems to minimize the A. are prone to use of cold-blooded instrumental
effects of terrorism attacks. intimidation and violence to satisfy their wants
B. Alertness to signs and manifestations of and needs
suspicious looking individuals. B. generally are contemptuous of social norms and
C. Peace negotiations among warring the rights of others
parties. C. not motivated by thrill servicing and
D. Active and passive security measures. excitement

D. lack a normal sense of ethics and morality and 173.Research is a process of systematic inquiry
live by their own roles involving data collection. Which provides
baseline data or a description of how things
167. Which refers to a condition when are? **1000STARS**
psychopaths demonstrate normal appraisal of A. Analytical research
emotional cause and situations in the abstract B. Descriptive research
verbal discussion, but they are deficient in using C. Experimental research
emotional cues to guide their judgments and D. Historical research
behavior in the process of living?
**1000STARS** 174.Data collection is a process of collecting
A. Emotional paradox information from all relevant sources to find
answers to the research problem, test the
B. Cerebral symmetry hypothesis, and analyze the results. Which is
NOT a tool in data collection for research?
**1000STARS**
C. Brain imbalance
A. Interview
D. Hemisphere asymmetry
B. social media
C. Focus group discussions
168.. The rights of the respondents must be
D. Questionnaires
respected and cannot be bargained away under
the course of research undertaking. Which is an
175. It selects the idea that low female and
act of seclusion of confidentiality is being
delinquency rates are a reflection of the
removed from public view or knowledge?
leniency which the police treat female
**1000STARS**
offenders.
A. Consent
A. Masculinity Hypothesis
B. Secrecy
B. Peacemaking Criminology
C. Identity
C. Social Bond
D. Privacy
D. Utilitarianism
169.Researches may use any relevant material in
176. In Region &, the recorded crime
the conduct of the study. Which refers to the
incidents on the calendar year 2014 were 3,500
type of data that is collected by researchers
and the report shows that 3,100 were declared
directly from main sources through any of the
solved by the PROVII. In a given scenario, what
methods of data collection? **1000STARS**
is the solution efficiency of the said PRO?
A. Secondary
A. 11.43 %
B. Primary
B. 12.90%
C. Historical C. 88.55% -Nearest answer
D. Statistical D. 112.90%
170.Research may be conducted to test or conduct FORMULA:
experiments for educational, scientific, medical,
experimental purposes. Which classification of CSE = No. of Solve Cases /Total No. of
research takes place in an environment Reported Cases X100
designed by the researchers?
**1000STARS** GIVEN:
A. Case
No. of Solve Cases: 3,100
B. Descriptive
C. Laboratory Total no. of Reported cases: 3,500
D. Field
SOLUTION:
171.A good hypothesis has the ability to anticipate
the future. Which is NOT a criterion for good CSE = 3,100/3,500 =0.88
hypotheses? **1000STARS**
CSE = 0.88571428571 X 100 = 88.57%
A. Hypotheses are the basis for the
formulation of conceptual paradigm
177. It is the study of human society, its
B. Hypotheses have clear implications for
origin structure, functions and direction.
testing the relationships between variables.
a. criminology – study of crime, criminals
C. Hypotheses contain two or more variables and victims (RA 11131)
that are measurable. b. sociology
D. Hypotheses are statement about c. psychology – study of human behavior
relationships between variables. and personality
d. anthropology – study of mankind
172.Dan is conducting his research. He used the
references cited in a published research of his  Emile Durkheim – father of modern
study. These references are considered as sociology
¬¬___ source. **1000STARS**  August Comte – father of sociological
A. secondary positivism
B. other
C. primary 178.The science of classifying the physical
D. tertiary characteristics.
a. free will – cause of crime according to

classical (Cesare Beccaria) system qualified to moderate between the
b. positivism – scientific factors in crime mental health and legal expert?
(Garo-Fe-Lo) – H3 **1000STARS**
c. atavism – state of incomplete evolution A. Psychiatrist
➔ at least 5 traits of an ape to be called as B. Clinical Criminology
“Born Criminal” according to Cesare Lombro. C. Pathologist
d. somatology D. Psychologist
 Somatology – study of behavior and

physical built (William Sheldon) 4. He founded Sociology and applied
scientific methods in the study of society,
3 Somatotypes which to him passes through stages divided on
the basis of how people try to understand it,
 Endomorph – fat ➔ fraud and estafa leading them to adopt a rational scientific
 Ectomorph – thin ➔ theft and robbery understanding of the world. Comte called this
 Mesomorph – muscular ➔ rape and the positive stage and those who followed
violence his writings were called _________
**1000STARS**
179.The approach that is using the perspective of
heredity in explaining the cause of crime.
a. geographical approach a. August Comte
b. biological approach b. Positivists
c. psychiatric application c. Positivism
d. psychological application d. Sociologists
 *positivism – Italian school (Garofalo,
 *geographical – “Cartographic School” Ferri, Lombroso)
– Adolphe Quetelet  *positivism – rejected freewill and
believed in scientific factors
 *Adolphe Quetelet – father of moral  *August Comte – “determinism” –
statistics; 1st scientific criminologist everything has sufficient causes
 he founded the theory of “Thermic Law”
5. It is the study of formation of the
 summer – crimes against person
skull in relation to the behavior of the criminal.
 winter – crimes against properties
a. entomology
b. penology
180.The purpose of penalty in the positivism
c. phrenology
school of criminology.
a. retribution d. d. criminology
b. rejection
c. reformation  Franz Joseph Gall – founder of
d. restoration phrenology
 entomology – study of insects
 Penology – branch of criminology
*other option – treatment or rehabilitation which deals with management and
administration of inmates; penal science; latin –
*retribution – purpose of penalty according to poena – pain and suffering
classical 
6. Science concerned with improving the
1. Who is the designated CHAIRMAN of the quality of offspring.
Anti-Terrorism Council (ATC) of the Philippines? a. criminology
**1000STARS** b. eugenics
A. The Executive Secretary c. genetics
B. The National Security Adviser d. heredity
C. The Secretary of National Defense  *genetics – study of genes (Gregor
D. The President of the Philippines Mendel – father of genetics) *
 heredity – transmission of traits from
parents to offspring *Francis Galton –
founded eugenics
 *Charles Goring – “criminals must be
Note: The current Executive Secretary is Salvador prohibited from having children; sterilization of
Medialdea, serving in this position since June criminals”
30, 2016, when President Rodrigo R. Duterte
was inaugurated. 7. 27. How do biopsychosocial theories differ from
sociological theories of crime? **1000STARS**
2. What is the criminological approach that A. Both focus on one factor in explaining crime.
believes in the symbiotic relationship of man. B. Biopsychosocial focuses on one factor while
his behavior and his society as causes of sociological theory focuses on multi-factors.
crime? **1000STARS** C. Biopsychosocial covers the concept of
A. Radical biological, psychological, and sociological
B. Environmental causes of crime while sociological is limited
C. Functionalist on the social, Institutional, and
D. Ecological environmental factors.
D. Biopsychosocial is limited to human factors
3. Who is the professional in the forensic

while sociological focuses on social and  *Follow up Question – who founded
environmental factors. determinism
 *Answer – August Comte
8. Which factor in biopsychosocial study is related to  *Narcissism – excessive self-
the perfectionistic tendency that may trigger importance.
depression or aggression of man?
**1000STARS** 12. Which theory views that people become
A. Social
criminals when significant members of society
B. Physical
brand them as such and they accept those
C. Biological
labels as a personal identity?
D. Psychological **1000STARS**
9. Commonly known as victimless crime:
A. Social Control
a. occasional crime
b. political crime
B. Social Learning
c. public order crime
d. conventional crime
C. Social Process – ito yung Social Learning
*Victimless Crime crimes with no private D. Social Reaction
offended party
 crimes with no complaining victim OTHER USE WORD: TAGGING & REACTION OF
PEOPLE
 public order crime
 prostitution, gambling, drugs cases,
13. In the psychological analysis of profiling
traffic violation.
female criminals, both Cyril Burt and Willer
political crime – crimes against national Bonger agree that females are less dominant than
security and crimes against public order males. Generating from their ideas towards
(treason, rebellion, sedition, espionage etc.) female criminality, which is NOT included in this
less dominant behavior? **1000STARS**
*Follow up Question: what type of executive
clemency is being given to political offenders = A. Fear
Ans: Amnesty
B. Forgiveness
10. Identify the criminal classification of
Cesare Lombroso that are not criminal born C. Tenderness
birth, and that they become criminal as a result
some changes in their brains that interfere with D. Toughness
their ability to distinguish between right and 14. This refers to a significant loss of
wrong. **1000STARS** contact with reality.
a. split mind
A. Criminaloids b. psychosis
c. neurosisd.
B. Criminal by passion d. schizophrenia
C. Insane criminals Other questions:
D. Habitual criminals  Severe mental disorder

 Total lost of contact with reality
11. Freda Adler describes female criminality as  Withdrawal from reality
both women's liberation movement and new  Symptoms: Hallucination, illusion,
feminism. Taking into account Adler's premise delusion.
which of the following will be the trend of Split mind – “dementia preacox” – old name
crimes committed by women?
of Schizophrenia
**1000STARS**
Neurosis – mild mental disorder (anxiety,
A. Will be extinguished depression, obsession, phobia, mania)
B. Will be higher than male 15. What is a person who kills 3 or more in a
separate event?
C. Will be equal to male a. mass murder
b. serial killer
D. Will still be lower c. homicidal
d. spree killer
11. The principle that events including  *mass murder – killing of large
criminal behavior that has sufficient causes. number of people in one single violent outburst
a. atavism (no cooling off stage)
b. b. narcissism  *serial murder – killing of large
c. determinism number of people overtime or separate event
d. d. positivism
(with cooling off stage)
 *spree murder – continuous killing

23. Public officials and employees must
16. Which of the following became the process documents and papers expeditiously.
model institution for all American juvenile As much as practicable, how many signatories
offenders? **1000STARS** must be contained in these documents?
A. Reformatory School A. No limit
B. House of Refuge
C. House of Ill refute B. Three
D. Bridewell Palace
C. Two
17. What kind of development refers to the growth D. One
of the body? **1000STARS**
A Moral R.A. 6713
B. Cognitive (c) Process documents and papers expeditiously. - All official
C. Psychosocial papers and documents must be processed and completed
D. Physical within a reasonable time from the preparation thereof and
must contain, as far as practicable, not more than three
18. What is/are the realm of Developmental
Psychology? **1000STARS** (3) signatories therein.
A. Inherent characteristics
24. Which of the following is characterized
B. Nature-nurture
by emotional disturbances that lead to mental
C. Genetics
illness? **1000stars**
D. Environmental
A. Environmental
B. Psychiatric
19. A psychopath is calloused, unemotional, and
morally deprived. Which is the central or C. Abnormal
cardinal feature of psychopaths? D. Emotional maladjustments
**1000STARS**
a. Impulsivity 25. These are the rights of an accused that
b. Success are derived from special laws (RA, PD or
C. Cunning ability EO) enacted by Congress.
D. Kind hearted a. Constitutional rights – right to suffrage;
bill of rights
20. Which is NOT an indicator for Stockholm b. Civil rights – right to private transaction
syndrome to take place? c. Statutory rights
A. The hostage must be in direct social contact d. Natural rights – right to life and right to
during the incident liberty
B. The hostage taker must treat the hostages Follow up Question– what law gave rights to
kindly person arrested, detained or under custodial
C. The complete isolation in a separate room investigation – RA 7438
between the hostage and a hostage taker
D. The hostage taker and victims must be together
for a significant length of time 26. If Metro Manila accounts for 26% of
the national total crime volume of 84, 875,
Who is recommended to be employed when how many crimes were reported to the police?
negotiations break down and none of the a. 22, 868
mentioned methods work and the negotiator b. 22, 068
finds himself/herself in a deadlock? c. 20, 250
A. Secretary negotiator d. 32, 644
B. Mediator
*percentage share / local crime volume
C. Third negotiator
D. Intermediary Formula:
21. A bank robber who kills some individual �� = ncv x % (decimal form)
in the bank, flees with hostages, and kills a
number of people while in flight diving a chase lcv = 84,875 x 0.26
would be an example of: **1000stars** lcv = 22,067.5 = 22, 068 crimes
a. Serial Murder
b. Spree Murder 87. Murder cases numbered 180 in 2010
c. Mass Murder and 220 in 2011. What was the percent
d. Multiple Murder increase?
a. + 22.2%
b. + 20.2%
22. What is the legal term for nighttime?
c. + 22.0%
a. sanctuary
d. + 20.1%
b. absurdity
c. ephitomy FORMULA:
d. nocturnity
% change = Current Data – Previous Data /
*nocturnal – active during the night Previous data X 100

Current Data = 220 c. Patriarchal family
d. Matriarchal family
Previous Data =180
Types of Families as to Power Control
SOLUTION:
 If the family is headed by the father =
% change = 220 -180 = 40 PATRIARACHAL
% change = 40/180 = 0.222222
 If the family is headed by the mother =
MATRIARCHAL
% change = 0.222222 x 100 = 22.2  If the father and the mother is equal =
EGALITARIAN
88. In 2000 the police recorded a total of 93. These views suggest that males such as
84,875 crimes committed. If the population judges, police officers, and prosecutors tend to
was 62 million what was the crime rate? have traditional views on women thus, they are
a. 139.6 more lenient to them as compared to their
b. 193.6 male counterparts.
c. 136.9 a. Paternalism
d. 163.9 b. Chivalry Hypothesis
c. Masculinity Hypothesis – low female
CR = CV/ POPULATION X 100,000 crime rate
d. Power Control Theory – John Hagan –
CR = 84,875 / 62,000,000 = 0.0013689
classification of family according to power or
CR = 0.0013689 X 100,000 = 136.9 decision maker
89. Labeling theory is also known as 94. This new branch in criminology opposes
the_________________.**1000STARS** the theoretical perspective and proposes the
A. Social control theory involvement of all stakeholders in the use of
non violent solutions
a. Peacemaking Criminology
B. Social learning b. Sociology of Law
c. Restorative Justice – reverse form
C. Social process retributive justice; reconciliation and reparation
D. Social reaction (RA 9344 – JJWC & PD 1508 – Katarungang
Pambarangay)
90. This theory views crime and delinquency d. Non-Violent Criminological Hypothesis
as a result of the frustration and anger people
experience over their inability to achieve 95. DECEMBER 2021, Determine the effect
legitimate social and financial success. of prolonging the time on the hostage
a. strain theory perspective?
b. psychological theories A. Decreases human needs
c. differential association
d. labeling theory B. Increases anxiety
 *strain theory – Robert Merton

C. Enjoyment
 *FRAPS – frustration, resentment,
anger, pressure and stress D. Reduces opportunity for escape
 *Differential Assoc. Theory – Edwin
Sutherland = “ALI” – adaptation, learning and
influence from other people thru socialization 96. Which deals with what is good and bad
 *Labeling Theory – otherwise known as well as our moral duties and obligations?
as Social Reaction Theory – crime is due to **1000STARS**
social stigma (label) A. Ethics
91. This theory suggest that females and B. Values

males are becoming equal in society in C. Philosophy
terms of family, politics, and education D. Morals
a. Feminist Theory / feminism
b. Paternalism
c. Liberation Theory 97. This crimes are those that the lower
d. Life Course Theory class commit against the upper class of
society in a capitalist system
 *life course theory – behavior is a. Crimes of Passion
changing as we travel our life course b. Crimes of Accommodation and
 *latent trait theory – behavior will not Resistance – blue collar crime
change until his death (master trait) c. Crimes of domination and Repression
d. Crimes of Lower class group
92. In the power control theory by Hagan,
which father and mother share similar  *Crimes of the Upper World = White
roles in the workplace and power in the family Collar Crime (E.Sutherland)
a. Feminist theory
b. Egalitarian family
98. The following are the elements of the

positivistic approach which stresses a scientific SUCCESSFUL AT YUMAMAN KAILANGAN MO
method rather than a philosophical orientation. MAG ARAL NA MAY KASAMANG HARD WORK
EXCEPT___________. **1000STARS** AT OKAY LANG SAYO YUNG DELAYED
A. Fitness of the punishment to the GRATIFICATION ITO YUNG MGA BAGAY NA DI
crime = CLASSICAL APPROACH MO AGAD MAKUKUHA NG BIGLAAN
B. Application of the scientific method
C. Discovery and diagnosis of pathology NON CONFORMIST = SILA NAMAN YUNG DI
(sickness) that underlies the criminal’s actions. SUMUSUNOD GUSTO NILA MABILIS NILANG
D. Individual treatment (therapy or NAKUKUHA ANG MGA BAGAY NA GUSTO NILA
NA NAGRERESULTA NG PAGGAWA NG MALI
corrections) = POSITIVIST BELIEVES THAT
CRIMINALS HAVE ILLNESS THAT NEED TO BE
EXAMPLE: GUSTO MO YUMAMAN KASO AYAW
TREAT/CURE
MO MAG ARAL KAYA GAGAWIN MO
MAGNANAKAW KA, MAGBEBENTA KA NG
ILLEGAL DRUGS KASI MALAKI ANG KITAAN
99. According to Sigmund Freud, which term HEHE
refers to the instinctual drive towards
aggression and violence? **1000STARS**
101. Which is not included in the Gresham
A. ego ideal Sykes and David Matza`s techniques of
neutralization? **1000STARS**
B. Thanatos
A. Whether individuals will refrain from or
C. eros commit a crime at any given time, It
depends on the past, present, and
D. conscience anticipated future rewards and
punishment of their action.
B. Denial of harm to the victim in which the

Eros and Thanatos—Freud identifies two drives assault is justified because the person harmed
that both coincide and conflict within the was also a criminal.
individual and among individuals.
C. Denial of harm to anyone, such as defining
Eros is the drive of life, love, creativity, and stealing as “borrowing” or drug abuse as
sexuality, self-satisfaction, and species harming no one but the offender
preservation.
D. Condemning the condemners, reversing the
Thanatos, from the Greek word for "death" is labeling process by claiming that authorities are
the drive of aggression, sadism, destruction, more corrupt than the offender and are
violence, and death. hypocritical as well.
100. Identify the conformist according to
Robert Merton's mode of personality
adaptation? 102. The ruling class in a capitalist system is
the **1000STARS**
A. rejects both means and goals and seeks to a. Proletariat – laborer; lower class; worker
substitute alternative ones that would represent b. Bourgeois – upper class; capitalist
new societal goals as well as new methods of c. Capitalist
achieving them d. Ruling class
B. compulsively persist in going through the 103. Choose the option where PNP members
motions with little hope of successful shall conduct themselves properly at all times
achievement of goals keeping with the rules and regulations of the
organization. **1000STARS**
C. accepts the goal of success in society and A. Trust
also the socially approved means of
achieving such status as through hard B. Discipline
work, education deferred gratification,
and the like C. Confidence
D. Loyalty
D. Accepts the goal of success but rejects or seeks
illegitimate alternatives to the means of
achieving this aims.
104. Who proposed the theory of
capitalism and invoked communism as a
remedy?
a. George Vold
CONFORMIST SUMUSUNOD O NAG AADDOPT SA b. Karl Marx – author of the conflict
KULTURA O PANANAW NA UMIIRAL SA ISANG theory
SOCIETY: c. Emile Durkheim
d. Max Weber
EXAMPLE: KUNG GUSTO MO MAGING

Emile Durkheim 109. The study of Criminology involves the
 father of modern sociology use of knowledge and concept of other
 crime is normal” sciences and field of study which makes the
 author of theory of Anomie study of criminology:
a. Dynamic
b. b. Nationalistic
 B – breakdown of social order
c. Social science
 A – absence of social norms
d. d. An applied science
 N – normlessness
105. This theory believes that society is

divided into two groups with competing values NATURE OF CRIMINOLOGY (SAND)
the upper class and lower class.
a. Class Theory  S – Social Science – study people and
b. Differential Opportunity community
c. Conflict Theory  A – Applied Science – we barrow
d. Consensus Theory – society has knowledge from other science (instrumentation
harmony between upper class and lower class or criminalistics)
 N – Nationalistic – we study our own
 *author – Karl Marx criminal law (Territoriality)
 *Differential Opportunity theory –  D – Dynamic – Changing, improving,
Lloyd Ohlin – crime is due to limited legitimate developing.
opportunity.
106.Which refers to a system utilized to foster the 110. Criminal ________ refers to the study of
the relationship between criminality and the
improvement of individual efficiency and
inhabitants (population) of a certain locality:
behavioral discipline as well as the promotion of
a. Ecology
organizational effectiveness in the police force?
b. Demography
A. Performance C. Grievance
c. Epidiomology
machinery
d. Physical anthropology
B. Performance governance
D. Promotion assessment Other Related Science to Criminology
NOTE: PGS = PERFORMANCE GOVERNANCE  Crime & Number of People =

SYSTEM Demorgraphy
 Crime & Environment = Epidiomology
107. The term criminology was originally  Crime & Spatial Distribution = C.
derived from Italian word: Ecology
a. crimen  Crime & Physical Appearance =
b. criminologo Physical Anthropology
c. criminologia  Crime & human Behavior – Psychology
d. criminology  Crime & human mind – Psychiatry
 Crime and Role of Victim – Victimology
 latin – crimen
 French – criminologie – “Paul topinard” 111.The PNP core values provide a solid anchor for
 Criminologia – Raffael Garofalo the organization as it develops and strengthens
itself. The following are the core values of the
108. It is the scientific study of crime and the PNP. EXCEPT?__________.
effort of the society to prevent and repressed A. Makatarungan
them?
a. Crime b. Makadiyos
b. Criminology C. Makakalikasan
c. Victimology D. Makatao
d. Criminal justice
*Crime – act or omission punishable by law 112.It deals primarily with the study of crime
prohibiting or commanding it. causation.
*Victimology – study of role and participation of a. Criminology
victim b. Criminal Etiology
*Criminal justice – study of various government c. Victimology
agencies d. Criminal Sociology
 *LE – PNP, BFP, NBI, PDEA, LTO,
LTFRB, Customs, BIR, OMB *Other option – etiology of crimes
 *Prosecution – National Prosecution
Service, PAO, Solicitor General. 3 BRANCHES OF CRIMINOLOGY (SEP)
 *Court – SC, CA, RTC, MTC, SB & CTA,
Sharia  Sociology of Law – nature and
 *Correction – BJMP, BuCor, BPP and administration of criminal law (laman at paraan
PPA, Provincial Jail. ng pagpapatupad ng batas)
 *Community – “Barangay” – Chairman,  Etiology of Crimes – causes, reason
Secretary, Kagawad, Tanod and SK. and origin of crime (pinanggalingan, rason at

dahilan ng krimen) d. situational crime – the crime was
 Penology – administration and committed thru a situation that is conducive to
management of inmates (pagbabago ang its commission.
pagbabantay ng preso)
*Rape with Homicide
113. An act or omission in violation of the 2 Types of Complex Crimes
public law commanding or forbidding it.
a. Crime  Compound Crime – one act resulting
b. Felony to 2 or more felonies – *throw an explosive to
c. Offense a classroom (murder, frustrated murder,
d. Infraction of law malicious mischief)
 Complex Crime Proper – one act is
 *act or omission punishable by RPC = necessary to commit the other – estafa(2)
Felony thru falsification(1), theft thru forgery
 *act or omission punishable by SPL =
Follow up question – what do we call 2 crimes
Offense
punishable by single penalty – special
 *act or omission punishable by city or
complex crime (ex. Rape with homicide,
municipal ordinances = Infraction robbery with homicide)
114. Crimes are committed either by dolo or Summary
deceit or by _____________.  “and” – compound crime
a. Culpa  “thru” – complex crime proper
b. intent  “with” – special complex crime
c. Fault  resulting in” – quasi offense
d. both a and c
Note: culpa and fault is the same 118. Ms. Malou Wang is a skilled woman in
making deception through verbal
115. Identify the child who has no proper communication. She had committed estafa to
parental love or guardianship or whose parents several persons through illegal recruitment.
or guardians have deserted him for a period of What crime according to result did she
at least six continuous months? committed?
A. Dependent a. acquisitive crime
b. extinctive crime
B. Abandoned c. instant crime
C. Independent d. situational crime
D. Neglected
Note: 6 months -Old  *acquisitive crime – material gain
3 months -New (theft, robber and estafa)
 *extinctive crime – destructive crime
116. The following are the elements of Dolo (arson, murder, rape, malicious mischief
or deceit, EXCEPT:
119. The Makabayan core values of PNP
a. Intelligence
b. Freedom members is exemplified by the following acts,
EXCEPT?___________.
c. Intent
A. pledging allegiance to the flag of the Republic of
d. Negligence
the Philippines
*negligence is an element of culpa B. taking an oath to obey legal orders
C. loyalty to superior officers
3 Elements of Dolo (IFI) D. swearing to defend the Constitution
I – intent 120. Youths who fail in both the criminal and
F – Freedom conflict subcultures tend to go into other areas of
I – intelligence delinquency and deviant behavior like drinking
alcoholic liquor, smoking and drug addiction. This
3 Elements of Culpa (NIF)
statement is consistent with which of the following?
N – Negligence, imprudence, LOS or LOF **1000STARS**
I – Intelligence A. social structure
F – Freedom
B. retreatist subculture
117. Jessa, a victim of rape, was able to
identify her assailant, a neighbor, before she C. conflict subculture
dies on her way to the hospital where she was D. criminal subculture
declared dead on arrival, this crime is called,
a. complex crime Retreatist subcultures are for young people who have
b. simple crime – one act resulting to one
even failed in the criminal subcultures, these people are
crime
c. instant crime – crime committed in short ‘double failures’. They tend to retreat to drugs and alcohol
period of time abuse to deal with the fact that they have been rejected from
other subcultures.

 arthritis
121. For the PNP core values to be internalized by  erectile dysfunction
all its members, the following shall be the  dullness of skin
implementation strategy of the organization, EXCEPT?  gray hair
___________.  memory loss
A. It will be made as a basis for Productivity
Incentive Bonus. 127. Select the statement which concurs that
PNP members are prohibited from soliciting
B. It will be integrated in all PNP academic courses
Political Patronage.**1000STARS**
C. It will be included in moral value programs. A. PNP members must not vote for their political
D. It will be made a part in police information and candidate.
continuing education programs. B. PNP members shall themselves from
asking for endorsements from politicians
122. It refers to the study of the role of the
on matters pertaining to assignment,
victim in the commission of a crime.
award, training and promotion.
a. criminal victim
b. criminal psychiatry C. PNP members must refrain from securing
c. victimless crime clearances from other government agencies on
d. victimology matters needed for their assignment, award,
training and promotion.
 Benjamin Mendelsohn – father of D. PNP members must not campaign for a political
victimization theory candidate
 Victim – forgotten character of the CJS
 Main actor, superstar of CJS = Offender 2.13 Political Patronage. PNP members shall inhibit
themselves from soliciting political patronage on matters
123. It is the scientific study of human pertaining to assignment, award, training and promotion.
behavior or man’s external manifestation in
relation to criminality.
a. Epidiomology 128. Crimes are classified under the Revised
b. Criminal Psychiatry -human mind Penal Code according to their gravity. What
c. Criminal psychology crime to which the law attaches the capital
d. Physical anthropology punishment or afflictive penalties.
a. grave felonies
124. A crime can be classified according to its b. less grave felonies
stages of commission. What crime is c. light felonies
committed when the offender merely d. complex felonies
commences the execution of an offense by
overt act but which nevertheless did not
 Arresto menor
perform all acts of execution `which would
produce the felony by reason of some cause  Arresto Mayor
other than his own spontaneous desistance?  Prision Correccional
a. Attempted crime  Destierro
b. Consummated crime  Prision Mayor
c. Frustrated crime  Reclusion Temporal
d. Complex crime  Reclusion Perpetua
 Death
 Follow up question – the offender
perform all the acts but did not produce the Reglementary Period for Inquest
felony independent to the will of the
perpetrator = FRUSTRATED  Light – inquest within 12 hours
 Follow up question – the offender  Less Grave – inquest within 18 hours
performed all acts and produced the felony or  Grave – inquest within 36 hours
the intent – CONSUMMATED
Follow up Question – what crime is committed
Note: by a police officer who arrested a person
 *Mala Inse always have stages without a warrant but failed to bring the person
to the inquest prosecutor within the
 *Mala Prohibita is always
reglementary period?
consummated
 *Specific answer – delay in delivery of
125. detained person to proper judicial authority
 *General answer – arbitrary detention
126. It is the process by which individual 129.DECEMBER 2021, Which of the following is NOT
reduce the frequency of their offending a part of working definition of restorative
behavior as the age increases. justice?
a. doing gender i. Protection
b. aging out ii. Isolation
c. criminal reduction
d. d. active precipitation C. Prevention
 *other answers: Spontaneous Rescission
 *Signs of Aging D. diversion

134. Which of the following exemplifies that
130.What crimes according to the time or period of all members of the PNP should act in a manner
the commission are those which are committed that would reflect best on the PNP and live by
only when the circumstances or situation is the PNP's core values?
conducive to its commission like for A. Delicadeza
instance, committing theft in a crowded place.
a. seasonal crimes B. Equality in the Service
b. instant crimes C. PNP Image
c. situational crimes
D. Career Management
d. continuing crimes
Follow up question – what crime is committed 135. It is that element of intentional felony
only on a certain part of the year? Answer – which means that the person who committed
seasonal crime the felony has the capacity to distinguish
Follow up question – what crime committed in between what is right and wrong and fully
2 or more places? Answer – continuing understands the consequences of his actions:
crime or transitory crime a. intelligence
b. imprudence
131. There are crimes that are committed c. intent
within a certain length of time. What crime is d. freedom
committed by a series of acts in a lengthy
space of time? Follow up question – what is the equivalent
a. static crime of intelligence in RA 9344? Answer –
b. instant crime discernment
c. situational crime
d. episodical crime 136. Which of the following describes forensic
victimology?
Follow up question – what crime is A. The idiographic and nomothetic study of violent
committed in single place only? Answer – crime victims for the purposes of addressing
static crime investigation forensic issues
B. An approach to victimology a criminological or
Follow up question – why do we need to legal perspective, where the scope of the study
classify whether crimes are static or transitory? is defined by criminal law
Answer – to determine the valid C. The study of victimology in the broadest sense,
jurisdiction including those that have been harmed by
accidents, natural disasters, war, and so on
132. Which refers to a type of stalker perhaps D. The scientific study of victims and
considered as the most dangerous to the victim victimization, including the relationship
since it is often motivated by the stalker’s between victims and offender,
determination that "If I can't have you, nobody investigators courts, corrections, media,
will” **1000STARS** and social movements
A. Love obsession stalker
137. A psychological disorder in which a child
B. Simple obsession stalker shows developmentally inappropriate
impulsivity, hyperactivity and lack of attention.
a. psychotism
C. Erotomania stalker b. attention deficit hyperactivity
D. Vengeance stalker disorder
c. neuroticism
d. KSP disorder
133. Crimes such as theft, shoplifting, and  psychoticism = psychosis ➔ psychotic
others which are committed to maintain one’s (person)
livelihood or as a means for living are what  neuroticism = neurosis ➔ neurotic
crimes?
(person)
a. Rational crimes
b. Irrational crimes
138. The commission of criminal acts
c. Blue-collar crimes using the instruments of modern technology
d. White collar crimes such as computers or the internet.
**1000STARS**
a. cyber sex
Follow up question – crimes committed, and b. cyber crime
the offender has normal thinking? Answer – c. computer crimes
rational crime (chronic criminals) d. computer hacking
Follow up question – what crime is  anti cyber crime law = RA 10175

committed by a person suffering from insanity  Cyber sex – online prostitution- sex
or imbecility? Answer – irrational crime thru webcam (Camfrog)
(insane criminals; neurotic criminals)  Hacking – illegal and unauthorized
access to a computer or a system (a.k.a.
Follow up question – what element of Dolo is “cracking”); highest form of cyber crime
absent in insane criminals? Answer –  *Cyber Vandalism – spread of
intelligence V.I.R.U.S.

VIRUS – vital information resource under siege. 143. What is the requirement under RA 11131
Common Forms of Virus that an applicant who failed five times whether
consecutive or cumulative in the criminologist
 WORM – Write (download) Once, Read licensure examination, must satisfactorily
Many (multiply) complete before such applicant will be allowed
 TROJAN – appears to be clean but will to take the criminologist licensure examination?
destroy your files after introduction to the **1000STARS**
system.
A. Integrated review
139. An act in violation of the criminal law
that is designed to bring financial gain to the B. Remedial course
offender.
a. organized crime C. Review course
b. economic crime D. Refresher course
c. cyber crime
d. profit crime
144.The Professional Regulatory Board for Criminologists
Follow up question – what crime is committed shall not register any successful applicant for
by 3 or more person acting in concert with the registration who has been,
aim of committing a serious crime with EXCEPT___________.**1000STARS**
monetary benefit? Answer – Organized A. found guilty of immoral or dishonorable conduct
Crime (Alphonse Gabriel Capone)
by the Board
140. This term literally means “little war”. B. convicted with finality of a crime involving moral
Today, the term is used interchangeably with turpitude by a court of competent jurisdiction
the term “terrorism”. C. declared of sound mind by a court of
a. violence competent jurisdiction
b. revolution D. summarily adjudged guilty for violation of the
c. guerilla General Instruction to Examinees by the Board
d. rebel
 Guerilla – forest warfare (ex. 145. The following are authorized to practice
Huklabahap & CPP – NPA) RA 9372 – Human the Criminology profession under RA 11131,
Security Act – “Anti Terror Law” EXCEPT?________. **1000STARS**
 RA 11479 – Anti Terrorism Law (2020)
A. Holders of valid temporary/special permits
141. The killing of a large number of issued by the Board and the Commission to foreign
people over time by an offender who seeks licensed criminologists pursuant to RA 11131
to escape detection.
a. road rage B. Duly registered criminologists and holders of
b. hate crime valid certificates of registration and valid
professional identification cards issued by the Board
c. mass murder and the Commission pursuant to RA 11131
d. serial murder
 * Spree Murder=several people/different C. Partnership duly registered with the
locations/several days Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
 Mass murder =several victims/same as professional partnership pursuant to the
time/same place or one location Civil Code and composed of partners one-
 Serial Murder = several victims/separate third of whom are registered criminologists –
incidents/with cooling -off period MAJORITY DAPAT HINDI ONE THIRD
 *road rage – motorist assaulting each
other D. Single proprietorship whose owner and technical
 *hate crime – “bias crime”; selective staff are registered criminologists
victimization; gender (LGBT), religion, race,
ethnicity, political view. 146. As a matter of legal process, a person
arrested without warrant shall be subjected to
142. Known as the “Mother of Criminals”. which of the following procedures?
a. Margaret Juke **1000STARS**
b. Ada Kallikak
c. Ada Juke A. Dismissal
d. Ada Edwards
B. Administrative
 *Follow up Question – who studied
C. summary
the family tree of Ada Juke? Answer –
Richard Dugdale
D. inquest
 Follow up Question – Who studied the
family of Martin Kalikak? Answer – Henry 147. It refers to a study showing the
Goddard (Coined the word “Moron”) relationship between the physical built of a
person to his personality structure and the
type of offense he is most prone to commit

a. physiognomy – study of human behavior II. Perception management refers to information
in relation to facial feature (Giambatista dela collected and held by the government that are
Porta) available to public inspection
b. somatotype III. Public Information refers to information collected
c. phrenology – study of human behavior
and held by government that are available to public
as predictive to shape of skull (craniology;
cranioscopy) – Franz Joseph Gall inspection
d. psychology IV. Perception management is the use of a strategy that
is aimed at influencing the conclusions of the public
148. What does the Doctrine of Reciprocal by using different approaches favorable to the
Responsibility mean? **1000STARS** originators objectives.
A. Development of a favorable public attitude towards A. II and III
the government B. III and IV
B. Local residents and police officers in the area shall C. I and IV
meet regularly to discuss peace and order problems. D. I and II
C. The participation and support of the citizenry
in anti-crime campaign is indispensable Public Information refers to information collected and held
D. Command of line elements of the PNP shall be as by various-levels of the government that are available to
close as practicable to the People public inspection by virtue of its nature, or at the request of
individuals
Doctrine of Reciprocal Responsibility - is a concept in which
both the police and the community bear responsibility Perception management is simply defined as the use of a
for public order and safety, thus, each has certain strategy that is aimed at guiding or influencing the motives,
obligations to perform (the police to the public - the public to emotions, and conclusions of the public by means of using
the community/State). different approaches favorable to the originators objectives
149. It is a proposal of a double male or REFERENCE: PCR PNP MANUAL 2012

super male syndrome. This theory held that
the possession of an extra Y-chromosome
153. An attempt to determine intelligence
causes males to be violent and aggressive.
and personality on the basis of the size and
a. XYY syndrome
shape of the skull.
b. b XXY syndrome
a. Physiognomy - facial feature
c. YYX syndrome b. Palmistry – determination of future or
d. YXX syndrome destiny by means of ridges of the palm
*normal person – 46 chromosomes (23 egg cell c. Craniology
+ 23 sperm cells) *XYY Syndrome – 47 d. Somatotype -body built
Chromosome
154. It involves the measurement of facial
150. A phenomenon that refers to the (physiognomy) and other body
handling down of delinquent behaviors as characteristics (somatology) as indicative of
socially learned and transferred from one human personality.
generation to the next taking place mostly a. Physiology
among disorganized urban areas.
b. Somatotype – body build
a. Cultural Transmission
c. Physiognomy - facial feature
b. Social Phenomenon – repetitive event
d. Palmistry
c. Crime
d. Delinquent behavior
155. According to Sheldon, the three
“somatotypes” or body built which have
151. In this theory of crime causation,
relationships to personality characteristics are
mankind is viewed as manifestations of
the following, EXCEPT:
basically evil human nature reflecting either
a. Ectomorph – thin
with the prince of darkness or an expression
of divine wrath. b. Extomorph
a. Classical theory – absolute freewill c. Endomorph – fat
b. positivist theory d. Mesomorph – muscular
c. Demonological theory
d. neo-classical theory – freewill is not 156. Which of the following subsystems or
absolute (not all) *other options – pre classical pillars of the criminal justice system is
theory, supernatural theory, judeo-christian considered as the prime mover or the initiator
theory of the criminal justice process?
**1000STARS**
152. Which of the following are TRUE about A. Court
public information and perception B. Police
management?
I. Public Information is the use of a strategy that is C. community
aimed at influencing the conclusions of the public by D. prosecution
using different approaches favorable to the
originator’s objectives.
157. A type of violent offender who uses
violence as a means of perpetrating the

criminal act: basis of etiology. What kind of criminal is that
a. Culturally violent offender – low income whose action arises from the intra-psychic
person conflict between the social and anti-social
b. pathologically violent offender – due to components of his personality?
mental disorder **1000STARS**
c. Criminally violent offender a. Acute – “criminaloids”; criminal be
d. situationally violent offender – burst of passion, anger or burst of feelings
feelings, passion, accidental. b. Chronic – deliberate thinking (rational
thinker)
 *Classification of violent offender ➔ c. neurotic
John Conrad d. normal – idolization, imitation, copy cat
crime (Gabriel Tarde)
158. Which refers to capacities enabling
adjudication of decisions, enforcement of 162. Public officials and employees must
remedies and accountability of the process process documents and papers expeditiously.
through civil society and parliamentary As much as practicable, how many signatories
oversight? **1000STARS** must be contained in these documents?
A. Normative protection E. No limit
B. Supply of remedies
F. Three
C. Demand for remedies
D. Customary protection G. C. Two
H. D. One
The process of justice requires different skills at
different stages x x x. These key capacities form R.A. 6713
the basis of UNDP support on access to justice x (c) Process documents and papers expeditiously. - All official
x x. The three major dimensions of papers and documents must be processed and completed
capacity development are: within a reasonable time from the preparation thereof and
• Normative protection – Normative protection must contain, as far as practicable, not more than three
refers to individual and collective capacities to (3) signatories therein.
ensure that justice remedies to disadvantaged
people are legally recognized, either by formal
laws or by customary norms. 163. Which child is determined by the LSWDO
• Supply of remedies – Includes capacities to have been maltreated whether habitual or
enabling adjudication of decisions, enforcement not? **1000STARS**
of remedies and accountability of the process A. Dependent
through civil society and parliamentary B. Abused
oversight. C. Neglected
• Demand for remedies – This relates to the key D. Abandoned
skills people need to seek remedies through
formal and informal systems, including legal
awareness, legal aid, and other legal 164. Criminals can also be classified according
empowerment capacities to this behavioral system. What are those
criminals who have high degree of
organization that enables them to commit
159. When the accused in criminal crime without being detected and usually
prosecution is acquitted on the ground that his operates in a large scale?
guilt is not proved beyond reasonable doubt, a. ordinary criminals – do not possess high
what other legal remedies are available to the end skills
complainant? b. professional criminals – highly skilled,
A. Re-file the criminal case source of income
B. There is no more legal remedy c. situational criminals
C. Report the case to the media d. organized criminals
D. File a civil case.
165. A forcible sex in which the offender and
the victim are acquainted with each other.
160. The police or law enforcers, in the a. statutory rape – RPC rape committed
process of investigating crime, collect evidences against under 12; new law under 16.
for use in the prosecution of the suspects in b. date rape – rape between a non-married
court The following are sources for collecting couple
evidences to support criminal prosecution and arital rape – rape between spouses
conviction, EXCEPT? c. acquaintance rape
_____________.**1000STARS**
A. testimony of the victim  RPC – rape thru sexual intercourse
B. Statements of witnesses  RA 8353 – rape thru sexual assault
C. objects or physical evidences  Rape – latin – “rapere” – take by force
D. modus operandi
166. According to Lombroso, these are
physical characteristics that distinguish
161. One way of classifying criminals is on the born criminals from the general population

and are throwbacks to animals or primitive 1. 1st codified law
people. **1000stars** 2. lex talionis
a. physical deviations 3. tit for tat
b. distinguishable traits 4. Babylon
c. atavistic stigmata
d. ape-like appearance *Code of Solon – repealed the code of draco,
abolished death penalty but not for
 *at least 5 traits of an ape = born murder/homicide
criminal
 *theory of atavism 171. He said that individuals are like human
calculators. Before a person commits a crime,
 *author – Marco Ezekiah “Cesare”
he first analyzes whether the satisfaction he
Lombroso
would gain is greater than the possible negative
effect he would have to suffer if the gets
167. It is the most essential part of the caught doing the crime.
definition of the criminal law: a. Cesare Beccaria
a. elements
b. Cesare Lombroso
b. penalty
c. Edwin Sutherlan
c. degree of evidence
d. Jeremy Bentham
d. motive
*Criminal Law – branch of public substantive  *Felicific Calculus – imaginary math

law, which defines crimes, treats of their formula to compute pain and pleasure.
nature and provide for their punishment  *Cesare Beccaria – Classical; freewill;
retribution; deterrence
 defines crime ➔ “elements of crime”  *Cesare Lombroso – atavism, holy
 treats their nature ➔ “characteristics” three, positivism, hydrosphymograph
(ex. Dolo, culpa, MI, PO, attempted,  *Edwin Sutherland – DAT, WCC,
frustrated, consummated, light, less grave, Definition of Criminology, Dean of modern
grave) criminology
 Penalty ➔ suffering inflicted by the
state 172. Who stated that crime is normal in a
 society?
168. The concept that conduct norms are a. Cesare Beccaria
passed down from one generation to the next b. Cesare Lombroso
so that they become stable within the c. Emile Durkheim
boundaries of a culture. d. Enrico Ferri
a. heredity
b. b. inheritance
*Enrico Ferri – “sociological factors such as
political and economic factors”
c. cultural transmission
d. d. DNA 173. This theory contested the findings of
Beccaria’s Free Will Study, stating that its
 *heredity – transmission of traits absence among mentally retardate persons or
 *inheritance – transmission of those with some psychological imbalances and
properties and assets personality disorders or physical disabilities,
 *cultural transmission – transmission could likewise lead to violation of laws thereby
of norms citing said theory as one of crime causation.
 *DNA – Deoxyribonucleic Acid a. Classical Criminology
b. Positivist Criminology
169. Group of urban sociologists who studies c. Neoclassical Criminology
the relationship between environmental d. Social Structure Theory
conditions and crime.
*if the freewill is absolute = classical theory
a. classical school
b. b. chicago school *if the freewill is affected by other factors =
c. neo-classical school neoclassical
d. d. positive school
174. This refers to the act of killing a large
*classical (FRED) number of people in a single violent
F – freewill outburst.
a. Road rage
RE – retribution
b. serial killing
D – deterrence
c. Mass murder
*Chicago School – Social Structure Theories
d. mass destruction – genocide
(Clifford Shaw and Henry McKay)
175. A type of sexual deviancy where the
170. He is recognized as the first codifier of
person achieves sexual gratification by
laws: cruelty, psychotic desire to often torment
a. Drakon (harsh code of Greece) torture or otherwise abuse his victim.
b. the Hittites a. Masochism – “endure” – liked the pain
c. Solon
b. Bestiality – zoophilia or bestosex
d. Hammurabi
c. Sadism
*Code of Hammurabi d. Incest – sex between blood related

person (taboo) insanity might inhibit the exercise of free
will.
*algolagnia – sex with pain (sado-masochism) a. Classical theory
b. neo-classical
176. Which is NOT a physically neglected c. Sociological
child?**1000STARS** d. Positivist
A. Ill-clad without proper shelter
B. Mentally subnormal Follow up Question – what is the effect of
C. Child who is unattended when left by himself neo classical theory to the revised penal code?
without provision of his needs and/or without Answer: EXEMPTING AND MITIGATING
proper supervision CIRCUMSTANCE
D. When a child is malnourished
181. These are crimes committed by a person
of respectability and high social status in the
177. A sexual relationship between persons course of occupation.
closely related by blood. a. Blue collar crimes
a. Incest b. crime of the upper world
b. sadism c. White collar crimes
c. Masochism d. crime of the underworld
d. Rape
Other common sexual deviance 182. The ____________ presupposes that

(paraphilia) child offenders are also afforded all the rights of
a CICL until he/she is proven to be eighteen
 Pedophilia – sex with a child / minor (18) years old or older. **1000STARS**
 Gerontophilia – sex with senior A. presumption of innocence
citizens B. presumption of constitutionality
 Necrophilia – sex with dead body C. presumption of regularity
 Troilism – threesome D. presumption of minority
 Pluralism – sex between 4 or more
person
 Autosexual – masturbation- 183. The law that provides Board Examination
panggagahasa sa sarili for Criminologists in the Philippines.
 Fetishism – sex with an objects
a. R.A. 6975 - DILG act of 1990
 Sodomy; buggery – anal sex b. R.A. 8551 – PNP Professionalization Act
 Uranism – fondling of breast and use of of 1998
finger c. R.A. 6506
 Urophilia – sex while urinating in the
d. R.A. 8353 – Rape law of 1997
body or face
 Partialism – getting attracted to a *Author: Cong. Teodulo Natividad –
single part (ex. Foot)
 Frottage – rubbing of body part License No. 000001
 Pygmalionism – relationship with a
statue
 Formicophilia – sex with insects Other Contributions of Teodulo Natividad
178. These are violent acts directed toward a

 RA 4864 – PolCom Law of 1966
particular person or members of group merely
(NAPOLCOM)
because the targets share discernible racial,
ethnic, religious or gender characteristics.  RA 5487 – Private Security Agency Law
a. Violent crimes  RA 6506 – Criminology board Exam
b. hate crimes – “bias crime”  PD 968 – Adult probation
c. Copy-cat crimes
d. victimless crimes 184. The law that repealed RA 6506 and
established the “Criminology Profession Act of
179. A term to denote a premeditated 2018”
(planned), politically motivated (political goal) a. RA 10175 – cyber crime
violence perpetrated against non-combatant b. b.RA 11131
targets (civilians) by subnational groups or c. RA 10591 – comprehensive firearms and
clandestine agents, usually intended to amuunition code
influence an audience. d. RA 10575 – bucor law of 2013
a. Rebellion
b. Piracy – robbery in the high seas 185. Criminals who have a high degree of
c. Terrorism organization to enable them to commit
 little war – guerrilla crimes without being detected.
**1000STARS**
 *terrere – fear
a. Professional criminals
 *terrorisme – to frighten
b. ordinary criminals
 *terrorism – non monetary motivated
c. Organized criminals
non traditional organized crime group.
d. expert criminals – use of technology
180. It conceded that certain factors such as

186. Who among the following are the “Holy  A – adaptation
Three in Criminology”?  C – communication
a. Lombroso, Bentham, Beccaria  L – learning
b. Lombroso, Garofalo, Ferri  S – socialization
c. Beccaria, Bentham, Ferri  I – influence
d. Beccaria, Garofalo, Lombroso  I – interaction
*Garo-Fe-Lo KEYWORDS for Social Disorganization
Theory
 Lombroso – Atavism
 Garofalo – Moral Anomalies  O– overpopulation
(psychological)  B – broken home
 Ferri – Sociological (Political and  U - urbanization
economic)  M – migration
 I – industrialization
187. Culture Conflict Theory was thorough  U – unemployment
studied by ____ wherein he concluded that the  P – poverty
main difference between a criminal and a non
criminal is that each is responding to different Social Reaction theory ➔ labeling (label –
sets of conduct norms. social stigma)
a. Emile Durkheim – anomie/ crime is
normal 190. It is the breakdown of social order as
b. Andre Michael Guerry – “crime mapping” a result of the loss of order in a society.
c. Johan Thorsten Sellin – conflict a. synomie
between upper class and lower class b. anarchy
d. Abraham Maslow – hierarchy of needs c. anomie
d. chaos
*Follow up Question – what is the highest
form of need 191. Which is NOT applicable to both juvenile
or adult criminal justice system?
a. Physiological – food, water, sex
**1000STARS**
b. Love and belongingness – care and
A. The right to receive four told warnings
attention
c. Safety needs – money, shelter, clothing applies only to adults but not on juvenile
d. Self-actualization – achievement of offenders
your highest goal B. Police Officers, judges and correctional
personnel use of discretion in the decision
188. This school of thought in criminology making in both the adult and the juvenile
states that although individuals have self- system
rule, there are other factors that affect C. Juveniles and adults are protected from
the exercise of their autonomy, which
prejudicial line ups or other identification
cause them commit crimes:
procedures
a. neo-classical
b. utilitarianism D. Similar procedural safeguards protect juveniles
c. classical and adults when they make an admission of
d. positivist guilt
*Utilitarianism (Jeremy Bentham) 192. He introduced the “theory of

imitation” which states that individuals copy
1. greatest happiness principle behavior patterns of other individuals, and
2. principle of utility that those with weaker personalities tend to
3. greater good for the greatest number of get influenced easier by those with stronger
people personalities:
a. Emile Durkheim
*Father of neoclassical = none
b. Adolphe Quetelet
*Pioneer of neoclassicism = Gabriel Tarde c. Gabriel Tarde
d. Enrico Ferri
189. This theory reflects the way people react
to a given situation based on the social  *suggesto imitatio – theory of
influences they acquired from other people imitation
that practically determine their behaviors. This  Adolphe Quetelet – cartographic
theory likewise serves as the learning process school / thermic
of delinquent behaviors and considered as one
of the most important theory in crime 193. A term that used to describe motorists
causation. who assault each other.
a. Social Disorganization theory a. road rage
b. Culture Conflict theory b. predation
c. Differential Association Theory c. hate crime
d. Social Reaction Theory d. serial murder
KEYWORDS for DAT ➔ ALI-CSI

 Predation – victimization of weaker /

inferior person a. Rational Choice theory – modern name
 Predator – dominant creature of classical school
 Prey – weaker / inferior creature b. Conflict theory – conflict between
bourgeois and proletariat – Karl Marx
194. Which characteristics of research deals c. Label theory
with facts and not with mere opinions arising d. Containment theory = *Walter
from assumptions, generalization, predictions or Reckless
conclusions?**1000STARS**
A. Accuracy 199. The philosophy of justice that asserts
that those who violate the rights of others
B. Objectivity deserve to be punished. The severity of the
punishment should be commensurate with the
seriousness of the crime.
C. Relevance a. restorative justice
D. Clarity b. jus desert
c. utilitarianism
d. equality of punishment
195. Patrolman Dan Dela Cruz is assigned
with the PNP Human Resource Doctrine and  *law – jus desert
Development. He was tasked to determine the  *classical – retribution
schooling of choice of newly graduated recruits  *penology – commensurate penalty
using the variables, collegiate course and
gender, for this purpose he used explanatory
 *Hammurabi – lex talionis
research because ________
A. It focuses on the reasons behind the 200. A condition in which the glucose in the
blood falls below levels necessary for normal
occurrence of something and on the
and efficient brain functioning.
present and future effects of such
a. hyperglycemia
happening b. hyperglycomia
B. It aims to define or give verbal portrayal or c. hypoglycemia
picture of a person, a things, an event, a group, d. hypoglycomia
or a situation
C. It shows relationships or connectedness Follow up Question – what theory this
between two variables hypoglycemia belong? Answer – Bio
D. It analyzes data collected by others Chemical theory
201. This school on crime causation

196. This theory argues that intelligence is emphasized economic determinism and
largely determined genetically; that ancestry concentrated on the need for the quality among
determines IQ; and, that low intelligence as all citizens. They provided statistical data
demonstrated by low IQ is linked to behavior which claimed to show that variations in crime
including criminal behavior: rates are associated with variations in
a. Nature Theory economic conditions.
b. Psychological theory a. Cartographic School
c. Strain Theory b. Socialist School
d. Labeling theory c. Psychiatric School
d. Chicago School
 *1ST IQ Test – Alfred Binet
 *Frank Morris – one of the escapees KEYWORDS for Cartographic School
of Alcatraz (IQ of 133)  C – climate
 S – statistics
197. The theory which states that
 L – location
attachment, connection and link to society
will determine whether a person shall commit a
crime or not: 202. “Manie sans delire” (madness without
a. social control confusion) This was the term used by Philippe
b. social disorganization Pinel describing the personality that is
c. Social bond characterized by an inability to learn from
d. social learning experience, lack of warmth, and no sense
of guilt better known as:
KEYWORDS for social bond a. psychotic personality – “H.I.D.”
b. psychopathic personality
 B - belief c. neurotic behavior – anxiety, depression,
 A - attachment mania and phobia
 I - involvement d. dementia praecox – schizophrenia
 C – commitment
*A-B-No
*Travis Hirschi – author of social bond theory
198. This asserts that strong self-image  anti social, loner, cold, introvert
protects the youth from the influence and  brutal, cruel, vicious
pressure of criminogenic pulls  sense of guilt, no sense of remorse, no
(temperation) in his environment. conscience

209. His study focused on the Kallikak family
203. A police officer’s frustration in the tree and he concluded that feeblemindedness
realization of his ambition and goals in life both is inherited and related to deviant behavior and
as an officer of the law, and as a private poverty. He was the first person to use the term
citizen, can push him to a life of crime, as “moron”.
pointed out in this particular theory. a. Robert Dugdale
a. Disorganization Theory b. Henry Goddard
b. Culture Conflict Theory c. Ernest Hooton – “physical inferiority of
c. Differential Association Theory criminals” – general bad looking (stereotype
d. Strain Theory criminals)
d. Charles Goring – he said that criminals
204. Crimes which occur per 100,000 must be prohibited from having children.
population per month. It is the theoretical basis
which determines the peace and order 210. This theory focuses on the development
situation. of high crime areas associated with the
a. index crimes disintegration of conventional values caused by
b. crime rate rapid industrialization, increased migration and
c. non-index crimes urbanization.
d. crime statistics a. Cultural Deviance Theory
b. Differential Association Theory
 *crime statistics – science of c. Social Disorganization Theory
measuring the level and amount of crime
d. Strain Theory
 *Index crime – frequent crimes (RPC)
 *Non index – less frequent (SPL) 211. A societal stage marked by
normlessness in which disintegration and
205. A stage of development when girls begin chaos have replaced social cohesion.
to have sexual feeling for their fathers. a. Social disorganization
a. Oedipus complex b. Anomie – Emile David Durkheim
b. doing gender c. Strain
c. Electra complex d. Synomie
d. chivalry hypothesis
212. He invoked that only justified rationale
 boy – sexual desire – mother = for laws and punishment is the principle of the
Oedipus complex greatest happiness shared by the greatest
number of people.
 occurs at the 3 to 5 or 6 y/o = Phallic
a. Utilitatrianism
Stage
b. Jeremy Bentham
 author – Sigmund Freud c. Felicific Calculus
d. Cesare Beccaria
206. The legal principle by which the decision
or holding in an earlier case becomes the 213. The beginning to have sexual feelings
standard by which subsequent similar cases for the mother, which occurs during the third
are judged. It literally means “to stand by year from birth is known as:
decided cases”. a. Oedipus Complex
a. jus desert b. Inferiority Complex – feeling of being the
b. stare decisis
weakest
c. story decisis
c. Electra Complex
d. just stare
d. Incest
Note: same cases must receive same decisions
214. Ericka was once a victim of robbery
 Jurisprudence = court decision that (snatching) when she was walking along a well-
became part of the law lighted street in a certain part of the city. When
 Mapp vs Ohio – evidence gathered in she became a law enforcer, it came into her
illegal means will not be admissible as evidence knowledge that two of her colleagues were also
victims of robbery on the same street. She was
207. This is a theory by Robert Merton intrigued to discover if there was some
which assumes that people are law abiding but relationship between her demeanor and being a
under great pressure, they will resort to crime. victim of robbery, Can the personal experience
a. strain theory of be a source of a research problem?
b. social learning A. No. It will be grandstanding on the part of the
c. cultural deviance researcher to use her personal experience for a
d. anomie research.
B. Yes. The researcher can do what she prefers
since it is her research.
208. The first IQ test was developed by a
C. Yes. The experience or genuine interest of
French psychologist named:
a. Rafael Garofalo – “criminologia” a researcher can be a source of research
b. Albert Bandura – social learning theory problem
c. Walter Reckless – containment
d. Alfred Binet

D. No. Using the personal experience of the such as DAT, Reinforcement theory and
researcher will produce a biased research Neutralization theory
problem d. Social Reaction theory
215. Serious illegal detention is a crime 221. Which is not a guideline in the
committed through series of acts or episodes formulation of a research problem?
and in much longer time. This crime is A. The research question arouse the researcher’s
classified as: curiosity
a. Instant crime – short period of time B. The relation between the research question and
b. episoidal crime the problem must be clear
c. Situational crime – the situation is C. Avoid a research question which is answerable
conducive by a “Yes” or “No”
d. seasonal crime – certain part of the year
D. It must be in a paragraph form to make it
clear and comprehensive
216. The following are the characteristics
of the Classical School of Criminology:
I. The basis of criminal liability is human a. Clear and focused. In other words, the
free will and the purpose of penalty is question should clearly state what the
retribution (YES) writer needs to do.
II. Man is essentially a moral creature with b. Not too broad and not too narrow. The
an absolute free will to choose between right question should have an appropriate scope.
and wrong.(YES) If the question is too broad it will not be
III. Criminals are distinguishable from non- possible to answer it thoroughly within the
criminals because of their physical deviations. word limit. If it is too narrow you will not
(NO – POSITIVISM) have enough to write about and you will
IV. That every man is therefore responsible struggle to develop a strong argument (see
for his act. (YES) the activity below for examples).
c. Not too easy to answer. For example, the
a. I, II, III are correct. question should require more than a simple
b. I, III, IV are correct. yes or no answer.
c. II, III, IV are correct. d. Not too difficult to answer. You must be
d. I, II, IV are correct. able to answer the question thoroughly
within the given timeframe and word limit.
217. His great contributions to criminology e. Researchable. You must have access to a
were the principle of utilitarianism and the suitable amount of quality research
felicific calculus. materials, such as academic books and
a. Cesare Beccaria – FREEWILL and refereed journal articles
Retribution f. Analytical rather than descriptive. In
b. Jeremy Bentham other words, your research question should
c. Cesare Lombroso – atavism allow you to produce an analysis of an issue
d. Emile Durkheim –anomie or problem rather than a simple description
of it (more on this below).
218. He propounded the theory of
evolution that inspired the now known 222. In grounded theory, the researcher
“Father of modern criminology” to develop sometimes uses zigzag sampling. Which of the
the theory of atavism. following exemplifies the sampling design?
a. Cesare Lombroso A. The researcher returns to the previous
b. Charles Goring data to validate a new theory
c. Cesare Beccaria B. It utilizes the number of years and the extent or
d. Charles Darwin new knowledge gained from the study
C. It uses sensory perception in order to
219. According to him, people with criminal
understand the characteristics of people
behavior, should be prohibited from having
D. The researcher attempts to explain the reason
children.
behind the existence of an object or a person.
a. Robert Dugdale
b. Henry Goddard
c. Charles Goring Zigzag sampling requires a review for it returns to
d. George Wilker previous works or theories in order to validate a newly
found idea, theory or concept
George Wilker – he said that criminology is
not a science due to non universality 223. Cesare Lombroso classified this type of
criminal with five (5) or more atavistic
220. It states that individuals are deviant stigmata.
mainly because they have been labeled as a. Born-criminal type
deviant by social agencies and others. The b. insane
notion of deviance is not inherent in the act c. Criminaloid
itself, but rather in the reaction and stigma d. pseudo-criminal
attached to the actor.
a. Containment Theory – Walter Reckless 4 Types of Criminals as to Lombroso
b. Theory of Imitation – Gabriel Tarde
 Born criminal – atavistic
c. Social Process Theory – group of theory
 Insane Criminals – mental disorder

 Criminaloid – criminal by passion;
habitual criminals  Exempting – no criminal but there is
 Pseudo criminals – self defense civil liability
224. These are crimes which are wrong

 Mitigating – reduce the penalty
from their very nature. Examples of these  Aggravating – increase the penalty
are murder, robbery, and other violations of  Alternative – it may increase or
the Revised Penal Code. decrease
a. Heinous crimes
b. mala in se
c. Serious crimes
d. mala prohibita 230. Those wherein the acts of the person are
 *mala inse (mallum inse) – naturally in accordance with the law, hence he incurs
evil; morally wrong; violations of RPC no criminal liability.
 *mala prohibita (mallum a. Exempting
prohibitum) – wrong due to a law (some b. aggravating
violation of SPL) c. Justifying
d. Mitigating
225. These are crimes which are wrong only
because there are laws that prohibit them in *no freedom or no intelligence =
order to regulate an orderly society. Examples exempting circumstance
of these are the violations of special laws like
the violation of “Anti Smoking Law”. 231. Mr. A committed loitering (curfew) within
a. Mala prohibita the vicinity of Manila City Hall on January 14,
b. less grave felonies – Arresto Mayor – 2011. June 14, 2011, a city ordinance was
Prision Correccional passed punishing loitering within the vicinity
c. Mala in se of Isetan Recto. Can A be held liable for his act
d. light felonies - Arresto Menor of loitering?
a. Yes, for there is a law passed punishing
226. The principle of criminal law which is it
“nullum crimen nulla poena sine lege” means: b. Yes under the principle of retroactive
a. An act done by me against my will is not effect of criminal law
my act (actus me invito non est meus actus) c. No, for the act was done prior to
b. There is no crime where no law the effectivity of the law.
punishing it. d. No, for A did not loiter again.
c. Ignorance of the law excuses no one.
(Ignorantia Legis non Excusat) *prospective – the law must be moving
d. Mistake of fact is an excuse. (Ignoriantia forward unless favorable to the accused.
Facti Excusat)
232. Which is NOT an approach in qualitative
227. He was the one who introduced the research?**1000STARS**
following definition of criminology: “It is the A. Home research
entire body of knowledge regarding crime as a
social phenomenon. It includes within its scope B. Grounded theory
the process of making laws, of breaking laws
and of reacting towards the breaking of the
laws”: C. ethnography
A. Raffaelle Garofalo D. action research
B. Edwin Sutherland *and Donald Cressy
C. Cesare Beccaria 233. Having spent half of his life in the study
D. Paul Topinard of the causes of crime and true to his
dedication to his lifetime works, upon his death
228. Classical Theory states that individuals he willed his brain and body to the Institute of
have freewill. It is focused on an individual's Anatomy at the University of Turin in Italy to
choice as to whether or not he will commit a be further studied. To this, he was named the
crime and the purpose of Classical Theory “Father of Modern and Empirical
in giving punishment is________________. Criminology”.
i. Restoration a. Cesare Beccaria
ii. Treatment – positivist b. Edwin Sutherland
iii. Retribution c. Cesare Lombroso
iv. Deterrence d. Jeremy Bentham
229. Refers to the circumstances which 234. Which of the following is NOT included
attendant in the commission of a crime serve in the components of criminal justice system of
to increase the penalty, without however the United States?
exceeding the maximum of the penalty a. Law enforcement
provided by law for the offense. b. Corrections
a. Justifying c. Prosecution
b. Exempting d. Courts
c. Mitigating
d. Aggravating justifying – no criminal  US CJS ➔ 3 Pillars only (LCC)
liability and no civil liability
 PCJS ➔ 5 pillars (LPCCC)

August Vollmer
235. A criminologist studied about the types  *father of modern policing = Robert
of inmates in prison and how they interact Peel
with each other in order to understand why
some inmates adapt to incarceration more 240. It is an essential element of the so called
easily than others. The objective of the study is “judicial power. That no judge worthy of the
to propose a general theory of inmate name can dispose or mete out justice with
behavior that extends to all similar inmate an impartial eye and an even hands unless he
populations. The researcher utilized can decide the case or controversy before
ETHNOGRAPHY (study of a particular him on its merits alone.
“group” of people) as his research design. a. Judicial independence
How is ethnography suitable to the purpose of b. Decision
the study? c. Constitutional office
a. A. It studies certain group to gain d. Judgment
clear understanding of its internal e.
operations or lifestyle  *judicial independence – freedom
b. B. It studies how people find their
from influence of other branches of the
experiences meaningful.
government
c. It involves a lengthy study of a person,
group or situation.
241. It means a biological throwback of traits
d. It prevents the discrimination of ethnic
from remote ancestors to the present
groups.
generation.
236. It is a measuring or calculating of the a. Atavism
probable duration of human life (life b. Racism
expectancy = Philippines – 71 y/o); the c. Stigmata
attempt to correlate the frequency of crime d. None of them
between parents and children or brothers and  *Author – Cesare Lombroso
sisters.  *5 traits of an ape = Born Criminal
a. Biometry  *Atavistic Stigmata – ape like
b. hermic law – crime & temperature characteristics
c. Biosocial behavior
d. Inheritance 242. The researcher wanted to determine the
most suitable fabric to be used for patrol
237. Which of the following has a goal of uniforms. He selected three groups of
reducing crimes? respondents and made them wear patrol shirts
a. a. Crime suppression made with different fabrics. The respondents
b. c. Crime administration rated the shirt according to comfort durability
c. Crime strategy and washability. Select the method of data
d. Crime investigation collection used by the researcher.
 *other answer: crime control A. Interview
 *crime investigation – art which deals
with the identity of the suspect, location of the B. Experiment
perpetrator and to provide evidence of guill in
acriminal proceeding (Dr. Hans Gross) C. Observation
 *Crime prevention – removal of D. Questionnaire
opportunity to commit crime
238. Select the statistical methodology were 243. Which of the following is the importance
the researcher calculates the mean, median, of timely reporting of crime statistics?
and mode. A. It deters persons from committing crimes
A. Survey B. It determines whether the increases in
crime volume were unique to their own
B. Descriptive Statistics areas or they are part of a broader
national pattern and trend
C. Inferential Statistics C. It will improve the image of the locality.
D. D. Arithmetic D. It is easy to process and store in digital format
244. An ego defense mechanism in which

239. Considered the father of modern gratification of frustrated sexual desire in
American Criminology. substitutive men sexual activities.
a. Sutherland a. Rationalism
b. Vollmer b. Sublimation
c. Walton c. Identification
d. Lombroso d. Reaction formation
 Sublimation – looking for accepted

 *father of modern criminology = Marco channels for frustration.
Ezekiah “Cesare” Lombroso
Displacement – the anger is directed towards an
 *father of classical criminology =
object
Cesare Bonesana Marchese di Beccaria
 *father of modern law enforcement =

 Fantasy – day dreaming a. Mania – desire
 Regression – being childish b. Depression
 Repression – forgetting c. Phobia
 Rationalization – alibi, reasons, d. Apathy
excuses.
 Fight – direct approach  hematophobia – fear of blood
 Flight – withdrawal  monophobia – fear of being alone
 philophobia – fear of loving
245. An ego defense mechanism in which  claustrophobia – fear of narrow
gratification of frustrated sexual desire in spaces
substitutive men sexual activities.  nyctophobia – fear of darkness
a. Rationalism  arachnophobia – fear of spiders
b. Sublimation
c. Identification 250. It is developed as a result of
d. Reaction formation incorporating within the personality of the
moral standards (moral principle) and
246. The appropriate term use to define a values of parents, community, and significant
sudden condition or state of an affairs others.
calling for immediate action or a. Ego
intervention. b. superego
a. Crisis c. Id
b. Emergency d. all of them
c. Tragedy
d. Disaster  reality principle – ego
 pleasure principle – id
 *Crisis – sudden change of normal  author: Sigmund Freud
condition from normal to abnormal (latin Crisis
– to separate)
 *Emergency – sudden event that
requires immediate action (Greek – emegencia 251. Dangerous amounts of copper,
– dipping / plunging) cadmium, mercury, and inorganic gases,
 *Disaster – uncontrollable crisis such as chlorine and nitrogen dioxide, are
found in the ecosystem. At high levels, these
247. A phase of police use of deadly force in substances can cause severe illness or
which oral and other form of death; at more moderate levels, they have
communication is being utilized or simply it been linked to emotional and behavioral
means the actual negotiation. disorders
a. Anticipation a. Environmental contaminants
b. Aftermath b. Food Alergies
c. Dialogue (negotiation) c. Neurogical dysfunction
d. Initial Confrontation d. Minimal Brain dysfunction
 1st step in hostage taking negotiation –
containment / crowd control  *Biochemical Theory – effect of food,
 Last option – assault vitamins, drugs to our behavior
248. According to Abraham Maslow, a human

need is strong motivational force that may 252. Crime is a product of transitional
compel individual to do some acts dilative to neighborhoods (difference in place of
social expectations and moral laws. On his residence) and manifest social disorganization
presentation of human needs, the most and value conflict.
leading factor to crime is… a. Concentric zone theory
a. Esteem Needs b. Social ecology theory
b. Biological/Physiological Needs c. General strain theory
c. Cognitive Needs d. Anomie theory – normlessness
d. Safety Needs
 *author – Ernest Burgess
Hierarchy of Needs (Abraham Maslow)  Explanation – the more the residences
are near the central business areas the more
o Physiological – food, water, sex crime will happen
o Safety needs – money, shelter,  Emile Durkheim – Anomie
clothing
o Love and belongingness – love, 253. A group of theories based on the beliefs
friendship, family in demons, witches, evil spirits and God.
o Esteem needs – respect and a. Supernatural theory – demonological
confidence theory/ pre classical
o Self-actualization – achieve of your b. Classical theory - Cesare Beccaria and
dreams Jeremy Bentham (freewill)
c. utilitarian principle – greatest happiness
249. An emotional disorder portrayed through
principle
an excessive, irrational, and uncontrollable
fear of a perfectly natural situation or object. d. freewill – the cause of crime in classical

school b. Henry Maudsley
c. Phillipe Pinel
254. Gathering valid crime data. Devising d. George L. Wilker *Author of Psychopaths
research methods. Measuring crime
patterns and trends.  **George Wilker – he said that
a. Sociology of Law criminology is NOT a science
b. Theory Construction
c. Criminal Statistic 260. What kind of victimization is referred to
d. Criminal Behavior System when the source of victimization is by natural
 *Crime Statistics – data on the level forces, agents, substances or organisms?
and amount of crime. *Author – Adolphe a. Natural victimization
Quetelet b. Non-criminal victimization
 *Index Crime – frequent crime c. Criminal victimization
 *Non index crime – less frequent d. Ecological victimization
crime
261. A landlady inadvertently left her
255. A statement that we would have no bunch of keys on the dining table and one
crime if we had no criminal laws and that of the boarders spotted it, picked it up and
we could eliminate all crimes merely by started to open the master’s bedroom and took
abolishing all criminal laws. considerable pieces of jewelry. What is the
a. Criminal law shared responsibility of the landlady in this
b. Logomacy instance?
c. Crime a. Victim facilitation – the victim helped the
d. Penalty criminal to make the crime successful
a. Victim provocation
Question – ano ang nauna, crime o batas? b. Victim precipitation – the victim provokes
BATAS the person to commit crime
c. Victim facilitator
256. Age at which youths begin their
delinquent careers
 *Benjamin Mendelsohn – father of
a. Adolescent
victimology
b. Age on onset
c. Aging out
d. Delinquent careers 262. This form of victimization is a result of
one’s own hand, or as a result of one’s own
 *Persistence – a child started crime in action.
early years would likely to continue until a. Auto victimization – self-
adulthood victimization
 *aging out – as age increase, criminal b. Criminal victimization – victimized by a
behavior decrease criminal person
c. Non-criminal victimization – “accident”
257. Is a form of behavior considered so d. industrial victimization – “by virtue of
deviant by the majority, that to speak of it work”
publicly is condemned, and almost entirely
avoided? 263. The following represents tax evasion,
a. Taboo embezzlement of money, insurance and
b. Callous behavior bank fraud.
c. Deviance a. Blue-Collar Crimes – crimes of the lower
d. Conventional behavior class
b. Crimes of Repression
ex. Incest – sex between blood related person. c. Cyber Crime
d. Occupational Crime – crime thru the
258. He was the forerunner of use of own profession or career.
instrumentalist theory. He argued that
upper class creates laws that protect their 264. The government and private sector
interest and at the same time the unwanted spent an enormous amount of money for
behavior of all other members of society. crime detection, prosecution, correction
a. Ralf Dahrendorf and prevention.
b. Willem Bonger a. Crime is destructive – injury, damage to
c. George Vold property and death
d. Richard Quinney b. Crime is Expensive
c. Crime is Progressive – crimes rates are
 Karl Marx – author of capitalist theory / increasing every year
conflict theory d. Crimes is Pervasive – crime victimized
millions of people.
259. He was an English physician, believed
that insanity and criminal behavior were 265. It is easily duped because his or her
strongly linked. He stated, “crime is a sort of motivation for easy gain lowers his or her
outlet in which their unsound tendencies are natural tendency to be suspicious.
discharged; they would go mad because they a. Greedy Type
are criminals. b. Depressive Type – careless
a. David Maurer c. Wanton Type – easy to feel trauma

d. Tormentor Type – battered wife high expectations but lacking support
b. Authoritative Parents =rigid rules, high
expectations; supportive
266. Refers to a type of victim attacked from c. Indifferent Parents = neglectful
the target of his or her abuse, such as with d. Indulgent Parents = permissive
battered women.
a. Depressive Type guidance, nurturing or attention.
b. Greedy Type
c. Tormentor Type 274. In Region 8, the recorded crime
d. Wanton Type incidents on the calendar year 2014 were
3,500 and the report shows that 3,100 were
267. This victim directly suffers the harm declared solved by the PROVIII. In a given
or injury which is physical, psychological, and scenario, what is the solution efficiency of
economic losses. the said PRO?
a. Elementary Crime Victim a. a. 11.43 %
b. Primary Crime Victim b. 12.90%
c. Secondary Crime Victim – family c. 88.55%
d. Tertiary Crime Victims – public d. 112.90%
268. They experience the harm next hand, JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEM
such as intimate partners or significant 1. June 2018 CLE, Also known as The Child
others of rape victims or children of the and Youth welfare code
battered woman.
a. PD 603 – Child Probation Law
a. A. Elementary Crime Victim
b. R.A 9344 - JJWA
b. Primary Crime Victim
c. Secondary Crime Victim c. C PD 968 – Adult Probation Law
d. Tertiary Crime Victim d. None of these
2. June 2018 CLE, A Child deserted by his

269. They experience the harm vicariously,
parents or guardians by six continuous months
such as through media account of from
watching television. is considered as__________.
a. Elementary Crime Victims a. Abandoned
b. Primary Crime Victim b. Neglected
c. Secondary Crime Victim c. Abused
d. Tertiary Crime Victims d. None of these
270. A person with mental defectiveness 3. June 2018 CLE, Refers to offenses which
of such a degree that he is unable to guard discriminate only against a child, while an adult
himself against common physical dangers. does not suffer any penalty for committing
a. A. Feeble–Minded similar acts.
b. Idiot – low IQ (below 25) \ a. Victimless Crimes
c. Imbecile – “trainable” – 25 – 49 \ b. Status Offense
d. Schizophrenia c. Minor offense
d. None of these
 *“moron” – Henry Goddard
271. It is a branch in criminology which 4. JUNE 2018 CLE, Phrase meaning "For
opposes the theoretical perspective and the Proceeding" referring to adults who look
purposes the involvement of all stakeholders in after the welfare of a child and represent their
the use of non violent solutions. legal interests. **1000stars**
a. A. Masculinity a. In Loco parentis= Special Parental
b. Peacemaking Criminology Authority/ Teachers, Guardian
c. Social Bond b. Guardian Ad litem
d. Utilitarianism c. Parens Patriae = The state becomes the
Father
272. It selects the idea that low female and d. None of these
delinquency rates are a reflection of the
leniency which the police treat female 5. JUNE 2018 CLE, What institution is being
offenders. termed as the “cradle of human personality”?
a. Masculinity Hypothesis / Chivalry a. House
Hypothesis b. Community
b. B. Peacemaking Criminology c. Home
c. Social Bond
d. Utilitarianism
6. JUNE 2018 CLE, It refers to the totality
273. They are parents who are punitive
of the circumstances and conditions most
and enforce forceful disciplinary measures.
congenial to the survival, protection and
These parents are not responsive to their
feelings of security of the child and most
children and show little warmth and
encouraging to the child’s physical,
support.
a. Authoritarian Parents = rigid rules, psychological and emotional development.

a. Best interest of the child
b. Child’s welfare 13. DECEMBER 2017,The apprehension or
c. Both A and B taking into custody of a child in conflict with the
d. None of these law by law enforcement officers or private
citizens is termed as:
7. JUNE 2018 CLE, Teachers, A.Arrest
administrators, and babysitters who are viewed B.Initial contact
as having some temporary parental rights & C.Child custody
obligations are considered_____________. D. All of the above
a. Guardian Ad litem
b. In Loco parentis 14. DECEMBER 2017, Refers to a person
c. Parens Patriae appointed by the court to act as the legal
d. None of these guardian of the child even though the parents
of the child are still alive when the best interest
of the said child so require.
8. JUNE 2018 CLE, A child who is alleged a. adopter
as, accused of, or adjudged as, having b. loco parentis
committed an offense under Philippine laws is c. guardian ad litem
considered d. temporary guardian
a. A. Child at risk = vulnerable to
commit crime 15. DECEMBER 2017, The civil personality of
b. B. Child in conflict with the law the child is deemed to have been commenced
c. C. Minor offense upon:
d. D. Juvenile offender a. birth of the child
b. when the child celebrates his first
birthday
9. JUNE 2018 CLE, The most common legal c. from the time of his conception
grounds for termination of parental rights, also d. upon reaching the age of majority
a form of child abuse in most states. Sporadic
visits, a few phone calls, or birthday cards are 16. DECEMBER 2017, A child born inside a
not sufficient to maintain parental rights. marriage where either party is suffering from
a. Exploitation any legal impediments.
b. Abuse a. illegitimate child
c. Neglect b. legitimated child
d. Abandonment c. legitimate child
d. adopted child
10. JUNE 2018 CLE, Refers to a 24-hour 17. DECEMBER 2017, It is the psychological,
child-caring institution established, funded and emotional and behavioral reactions and deficits
managed by local government units (LGUs) and of women victims and their inability to respond
licensed and/or accredited nongovernment to repeated physical and psychological violence?
organizations (NGOs) providing short-term a. Battered Woman Syndrome
residential care for children in conflict with the b. Battered Wife
law who are above fifteen (15) but below c. Abused Woman
eighteen (18) years of age who are awaiting d. Rape trauma syndrome
court disposition of their cases or transfer to
other agencies or jurisdiction. 18. DECEMBER 2017, Refers to the totality
a. Youth-Rehabilitation center of the circumstances which are most beneficial
b. Youth-Detention Home = kapag 15 yrs for the child.
old and below a. child as zone of peace
c. Bahay Pag-asa =as provided by RA b. nation building
10630(sec.2 amending sec. 4 of RA 9344) c. best interest of the child
d. Bantay Bata 163 d. presumption of minority
19. DECEMBER 2017, Once the court, after

11. JUNE 2018 CLE, What was the case that trial finds that a child in conflict with the law is
allowed second prosecution in adult court for guilty of the crime charged, the court shall:
conviction in juvenile court which was based on a. Pronounce its judgment;
idea that first conviction was a "civil" matter? b. Wait for the application for suspension of
a. Breed vs. Jones (1975) sentence of the child and order his turn over to
b. Deshaney vs. Winnebago county (1989) DSWD.
c. In Re Gault (1967)-US C. Automatically place the child in conflict
d. None of these with law under suspension of sentence.
D. Determine the civil liability and order the
12. JUNE 2018 CLE, The first Juvenile or final discharge of the child in conflict with the
Family court was established in law.
a. Arizona
b. Cook County, Illinois 20. This refers to the maltreatment of
c. San Francisco, California children, whether habitual or not:
d. None of these a. exploitation

b. abuse and adult criminals established?
c. prostitution a. 1845
d. trafficking b. 1824
c. 1899 The first juvenile court was
21. DECEMBER 2017, The law that provides established in Chicago, Illinois, in 1899
special protection of children against child d. 1812
abuse, exploitation and discrimination.
a. R.A. 7610 28. Which of the following is characterized
b. R.A. 9208 – human trafficking by emotional disturbances that may lead to
c. R.A. 9344 - jjwa many illnesses?
d. P.D. 603 – TCYWC a. Abnormal
b. Environmental
c. Psychiatric
22. DECEMBER 2017, System dealing with d. Emotionally maladjusted
children at risk and children in conflict with the
law, which provides child-appropriate 29. Which statement exemplifies that
proceedings, including programs and services without the very source of strength and
for prevention, diversion, rehabilitation, re- courage of individual, man may develop fear
integration and aftercare to ensure their normal and inferiority?
growth and development. a. It is through companionship where
a. Criminal justice system warmth is felt by a child.
b. Criminal procedure b. Security is the state of being secure,
c. Juvenile justice system specifically freedom from danger, risk, care and
apprehension.
d. Restorative justice
c. This is one thing needed in a family for a
child.
23. DECEMBER 2017, An alternative, child- d. Children's accomplishments and
appropriate process of determining the resourcefulness deserve appreciation and
responsibility and treatment of a child in conflict reward
with the law on the basis of his/her social,
cultural, economic, psychological or educational 30. Identify the child who has no proper
background without resulting to formal court parental love or guardianship or whose parent
proceedings. have deserted him for a period of at least six
a. Intervention continuous months. **1000STARS
b. Diversion a. Neglected
c. Rehabilitation b. Independent
d. Probation c. Dependent
24. A series of activities which are designed 31. Which of the following is NOT a part of
to address issues that caused the child to the working definition of restorative justice?
commit an offense. It may take the form of an A. Isolation
individualized treatment program which may B. Diversion
include counseling, skills training, education, C. Protection
and other activities that will enhance his/her D. Prevention
psychological, emotional and psycho-social well-
being. 32. Which child as determined by the
a. Diversion LSWDO to have been maltreated, whether
b. Rehabilitation habitual
c. Intervention a. Dependent
d. Probation b. Abused
c. Abandoned
25. Offenses which discriminate only against d. Neglected
a child, while an adult does not suffer any
penalty for committing similar acts. These shall 33. Which system refers to legislation,
include curfew violations; truancy, parental norms, and standards, procedures,
disobedience and the like. mechanisms, institutions, and bodies specifically
a. Child offense applicable to juvenile offenders?
b. Status offense A. Criminal justice
c. Delinquency B. Barangay justice
d. All of these C. Retributive justice
D. Restorative justice
26. Which of the following became the
model institution for all American juvenile
34. Which is NOT a physically neglected
offenders?
child?
a. House of ill refute
a. Ill-clad without proper shelter
b. Bridewell Palace
b. When a child is malnourished
c. Reformatory school
c. Mentally subnormal
d. House of refuge
d. Child who is unattended when left by
himself without provision of his need and/or
27. In what year was the New York House of proper supervision.
Refuge, the first to segregate juvenile offenders

ex. Truancy – absences in school for
35. A person with mental defectiveness of continuous 20 days running away from home –
such a degree that he is unable to guard vagrancy smoking – RA 9211
himself against common physical dangers.
a. Feeble –Minded
b. Idiot 41. The power of the state to give any
c. Imbecile form of charity of public nature. It is the
d. Schizophrenia philosophy behind the view that youthful
offender/child in conflict with the law is
36. They are parents who are punitive and the victim of improper care and that the
enforce forceful disciplinary measures. These state is duty bound to provide protection.
parents are not responsive to their children and a. positivism
show little warmth and support. b. loco parentis
a. Authoritarian Parents c. patria potestas
b. Authoritative Parents d. parens patriae
c. Indifferent Parents
d. Indulgent Parents
4 Latin Terms related to Juvenile Justice
 Parens patriae – “father of the land”;

37. It is a model when the father is the “charity”; CICL are not criminals but victims
chief executive officer and the mother is the  Patria Potestas – “parental authority”
operating officer that implements the father’s – power of the parent to control and person
policy and manages the staff (children) which in and property of the child \
turn have privileges and responsibilities based  Loco parentis – temporary guardian
on their seniority. The boarding school model (teachers,
A. The corporate model  nurses, babysitter)
B. The military model  Guardian Ad Litem – guardian
C. The team model appointed by court to act as guardian in a legal
D. The theatrical model proceeding.
38. It is when the father is the general, the 42. Under the law, they are the one
mother is the guard duty with a special responsible for preventing the child from
assignment to the nurse corps when needed becoming addicted to intoxicating drinks,
and the kids are the grunts. narcotic drugs, smoking, gambling or any
a. The corporate mode harmful practices.
b. The military model a. DSWD
c. The team model b. Parents
d. The theatrical model c. state
d. police
39. Refers to any person below 18 years
of age or those over but unable to fully take 43. The civil personality of the child is
care of themselves from neglect, abuse, deemed to have been commenced upon:
cruelty, exploitation or discrimination due to a. birth of the child
some physical defect or mental disability or b. when the child celebrates his first
condition. birthday
a. child c. from the time of his conception
b. wards – child under guardianship d. upon reaching the age of majority
c. physically disabled
d. youth *conception – pregnancy
 *PD 603 – A child is less than 21

(1975) 44. Refers to a person appointed by the
 *RA 6809 – a child is less than 18 court to act as the legal guardian of the
(1989) child even though the parents of the child are
 *RA 7610 – a child is less than 18 or still alive when the best interest of the said
those over but has imbecility and insanity child so require.
(1992) a. adopter
b. loco parentis
40. Act or omission which may not be c. guardian ad litem
punishable if committed by an adult, but d. temporary guardian
becomes unlawful when they are committed by
a child or a person of tender year or one who  adoptee – adoptive child
is in need of supervision or assistance.  adopter – adoptive parent
a. crime
b. status offense 45. Under the RA 9344 a child over 15
c. delinquency under 18 is exempt from criminal liability
d. felonies unless:
a. he is committed a henious crime
b. he is the principal accused
c. he acted without discernment
d. he acted with discernment

Summary of RA 9344 doctrine
 Rule 1: 15 below = automatic exemption 49. Is a self-association of peers, bound
 Rule 2: below 18 – rugby, prosti, together by mental interest, who acted in
mendicancy or ordinances = exempted from concert in order to achieve a specific purpose
criminal liability which includes the conduct of illegal
 Rule 3: 15 & 1 day up to 17 = activities and control over a particular
conditional ➔ turn over to the social worker to territory, facility or type of enterprises.
determine the presence of discernment a. Juvenile gang
 3.1 – without discernment = exempted b. b. Organized criminal
 3.2 – acted with discernment c. a bond
 3.2.1 – if the case is punishable by 6 d. d. street corner gang
years below = diversion – settled = case
closed
 3.2.2 – case in punishable by more than
6 years ➔ file in court Characteristics of a Gang
46. The Child in Conflict with the law cannot  Graffiti – wall inscription
be prosecuted for the commission of the  Posting – manner of walk, facial
following, EXCEPT: expression
a. mendicancy  Representation – hand signs
b. sniffing of rugby
c. prostitution 50. The court can suspend parental
d. theft authority if it finds that the parent:
I. I. Treats the child with excessive
47. A child left by himself without harshness of cruelty. (yes)
provisions for his needs/or without proper II. II. Gives the child corrupting order,
supervision falls under what special category of counsel or example (yes)
a child? III. III. Compel the child to beg (yes)
a. abandoned child IV. Imposed to child disciplinary actions
b. abused child
c. neglected child a. I and II only
d. dependent child b. I and III only
c. I, II, III and IV
7 Special Categories of Children (PD 603) d. I, II and III only
 Dependent – needs are coming from 51. Who among the following is considered
public support as “Child in Conflict with the Law”?
 Neglected – needs are inadequate or a. Bryan who is 15 years old.
not given b. Yang who is 10 years old.
 Abandoned – no parent, no guardian c. Lover Boy who is 17 years old
for 3 months (Ra 9523); 6 months (PD 603) d. anyone of them
 Handicapped – blind, deaf, mute,
crippled  youthful offender under RPC – less
 Retarded Child – mentally sub normal than 18 but more than 9 (amended by RA
(low IQ) 9344)
 75-89 – borderline (dull)
52. Refers to the totality of the
 50-74 – educable (moron)
circumstances which are most beneficial for the
 25-49 – trainable (imbecile)
child.
 Below 25 – custodial (idiot)
a. child as zone of peace
 Emotionally disturbed – child with b. nation building
neurosis c. best interest of the child
 Mentally ill – child with psychosis d. presumption of minority
48. In the absence or death of both
 if the parent got separated ➔ tender
parents of the child who shall continue to
exercise authority over the child? years doctrine
I. Surviving grand parents – 1st  below 7 ➔ maternal preference
II. Elder brother and sister over 21 years of  7 or older ➔ power of choice
age – 2nd
III. Surviving parents of child 53. Children shall be given priority
IV. Actual custodian of the child over 21 during_____ as result of armed conflict?
years of age. -3rd a. war
b. treatment
c. evacuation
a. I, II and IV only d. education
b. I and II only
c. I, II, III only Follow up Question– during war, what is the
d. all of the above label that RA 7610 is giving to a child? Answer
– Zone of peace
Note: substitute parental authority

54. A child whose basic needs have been 60. Which of the following is the best way
deliberately unattended. for the police to win youth’s trust and
a. abandoned child confidence?
b. dependent child a. be friendly
c. abusive child b. be firm and show them that you are
d. neglected child strong
c. show to them that your bearing is good
2 Types of Neglect and stand with pride
d. let them know that you are an agent of
 Physical Neglect – food, water, a person in authority
clothing, shelter
 Emotional Neglect – love, attention, 61. A child born inside a marriage where
care either party is suffering from an
impediments.
a. illegitimate child
b. legitimated child
55. Is the mass obligation which the c. legitimate child
parents have in relation to the persons and d. adopted child
property of their an unemancipated child.
a. Paretal authority Annulment – declaration that the marriage is
b. Patria Potestas null and void
c. Parens’ Patriae
d. Parental Responsibility 62. This refers to the apprehension or
taking into custody of a child who
56. A person of such age is automatically committed an offense by the law enforcement
exempted from criminal liability but should be officer:
taken to the custody and care of his parents, a. initial contact with the child
DSWD representative or any institution engage b. preliminary investigation
in child caring. c. initial investigation
a. 15 years and below d. inquest proceedings
b. under 18 years of age
c. under 15 years of age Note: no handcuff, search provided that same
d. under 21 years of age gender will conduct the search.
63. This common procedure applied when

57. Refers to a child raise to the status of
arresting an offender shall NOT be employed
legitimate child by subsequent marriage of
when the person who is the subject of
his/her parents.
apprehension is a child.
a. illegitimate
a. informing the suspect is a child
b. legitimated
b. stating the reason for the arrest
c. legitimate
c. employing reasonable force
d. adopted
d. use of handcuffs
Classification of Children as to Status
64. In case of a child in conflict with the law
 Child born after marriage ➔ legitimate his age shall be determine. In the absence of
proof what principle shall be observed?
 Child born before marriage ➔
a. He is presumed to be minor
legitimated (presumption of minority)
 Child born out of wedlock ➔ illegitimate b. He should prove his age
 Child born and the parents are unknown c. The Birth certificate should be produced
➔ foundling pending such issuance he should be hold.
d. The testimony of the child should be
58. In case of separation between parents of enough to prove his age.
the child, a child of such age is given by the
court the preference to choose between 65. It is the psychological, emotional and
either parents. behavioral reactions and deficits of women
a. under 9 years of age victims and their inability to respond to
b. 7 years of age repeated physical and psychological
c. 10 years of age violence?
d. 5 years of age a. Battered Woman Syndrome
b. Battered Wife
Note: psychological parent doctrine c. Abused Woman
d. Rape trauma syndrome
59. Parental authority is deemed terminated
upon:  Battery – act of physical and
a. death of the parents (yes) psychological abuse
b. emancipation of the child (yes)  Battered wife – victim of battery
c. death of the child(yes)  Battered woman syndrome – effect
d. All of the choices of battery
 PP vs Marivic Genoza – 1st application
Note: wag manggigil sa all of the above of BWS (2nd cycle)

Note: BWS is a absolutory cause
66. Child in conflict with the law may Follow up Question – what is the nature of
undergo diversion program without necessity hearing involving cases of CICL? Answer -
of court intervention on the following: Closed court
a. a. Where the imposable penalty for Follow up Question – what do we call the court
the crime committee is not more than six that will handle the case? Answer – family
(6) years imprisonment; court
b. Where the imposable penalty for the
crime committed exceeds six (6) years 70. Mona was charged with vandalism on
imprisonment; her 18th birthday when she painted her
c. Where the imposable penalty for the neighbor’s walls with greeting to herself. How
crime committed exceeds six (6) years but not will you classify Mona as an offender?
more than 12 years imprisonment; a. juvenile offender
d. Where the imposable penalty for the b. habitual offender
crime committed does not exceeds 12 years c. adult offender
imprisonment. d. none
Follow up Question– age of full criminal
Summary – When to Conduct diversion? responsibility: Answer – 18 – 70 y/o
 6 years and below – diversion will 71. All statements, EXCEPT ONE, are
held in police, brgy or DSWD correct:
 above 6 years – the case should be a. the family becomes a cause of juvenile
filed in court delinquency when parents find it hard to
 *how long is the diversion program – 45 balance their jobs with their parental
days responsibilities. (yes)
b. peer group is a factor to juvenile
67. Once the court, after trial finds that a delinquency (yes)
child in conflict with the law is guilty of the c. parental rejection causes juvenile
crime charged, the court shall: delinquency (yes)
a. Pronounce its judgment; d. . it is only within the family that a
b. Wait for the application for suspension of child must learn his life values
sentence of the child and order his turn over to
DSWD. 72. Being an orphan, Pedro Basurero,
c. Automatically place the child in roams the street 24 hours a day with no place
conflict with law under suspension of to go, surviving on foods given by kind
sentence. hearted people with no one to supervise him
d. Determine the civil liability and order the at his young age of six (6). How do you
final discharge of the child in conflict with the categorize Pedro as a child?
law. a. neglected child
b. independent child
Follow up Question – where shall we put the c. Abandoned child
child while under suspended sentence: Answer d. dependent child
– Bahay Pagasa
73. Ms. RCBC, a 25-year old mongoloid, was
Follow up Question – until when? Answer – raped by her addict neighbor, Mr. Go. How do
until the age of 18 you classify her as a victim?
a. an adult
68. Once the child in conflict with the law b. an insane
reached the age of 18 while under suspended c. a child
sentence the court may:
d. an adolescent
A. Order the execution of sentence (yes)
B. Order the discharge of the child in
74. It is the act of buying and selling
conflict with the law (yes)
C. Extend the suspended sentence at children:
certain period or to its maximum age of 21 a. Exploitation
(yes) b. prostitution
D. Any of the above choices c. abuse
d. trafficking
69. All records and proceedings involving
children in conflict with the law from initial  *abuse – maltreatment of children
contact until final disposition of the case shall whether habitual or not
be:  *prostitution – sex for hire; oldest job
a. placed in the dockets of court forms part known to man
of the public record;  *exploitation – taking advantage of
b. open to the public; other for you own benefit
c. considered restricted;  *Ra 9208 – Anti Trafficking in persons
d. considered privileged and
confidential
Human Trafficking
 media interview ➔ give alias – tawagin
nalang natin sya sa pangalang Jebunel and  Act (1) Means (2) Purpose (3)
blurred face  Hire coercion slavery

 Employ threat forced labor Voyeurism
 Recruit intimidation prostitution  RA 9775 – Anti Child Pornography
 Receipt fraud exploitation
 transport against the will sale of organ Types of Porn
 Soft Core Porn – without penetration

75. This refers to the maltreatment of (title: Dagta sa dulo ng batuta; langingit sa
children, whether habitual or not: papag, balahibong pusa,
a. exploitation
 kinsenas – katapusan)
b. abuse
 Hard code Porn – with penetration
c. Prostitution
d. trafficking
80. Employers shall provide an opportunity
RA 7610 – Anti Child abuse law for education to all working children up to this
level:
76. Children are declared as ____________ a. elementary
in situations of armed conflict: b. college
a. priorities for evacuation c. secondary
b. exemptions d. vocational
c. zones of peace
d. shields 81. In employing children, the employment
contract must be signed:
77. This refers to pledging by the debtor a. a) by the Department of Labor and
of his or her personal services or those of a Employment
person under his or her control as security or b. in the presence of the family’s lawyer
payment for a debt, when the length and c. by the child’s parent or guardian
nature of services are not clearly defined: d. and notarized by a Notary Public
a. debt bondage
b. involuntary servitude 82. In cases of working children, this has the
c. abuse duty of securing the permit from the
d. slavery Department of Labor and Employment:
a. parents
78. A working child below fifteen years old b. working child
may be allowed to work for only _______ c. manager
hours per day: d. employer
a. eight 83. This form of violence includes acts
b. four causing or likely to cause mental or
c. five emotional suffering of the victim such as but
d. six not limited to intimidation, harassment,
stalking and repeated verbal abuse:
 RA 9231 – Anti Child Labor a. battery
b. psychological
Rule 1 – time c. sexual
d. physical
 15 below – 4hrs a day (6am – 8pm)  physical + psychological = battery
 Above 15 less than 18 – 8hrs a day (6am
– 10pm) 84. The crime of human trafficking shall be
qualified (aggravated) when:
Rule 2 – Nature of Work a. the person trafficked is an elderly
b. the person trafficked is a woman
 X – high altitude
c. the person trafficked is a special child
 X – toxic substance
d. the person trafficked is a child
 X – underground
 X – underwater Other grounds:
 X – model (liquor, sexuality, nudity,
cigarette)  Ascendants
 Police officer
Rule 3 – Working permit  Public officer
 HIV
 Parents
 Adoption process
 Employer
 Syndicate (3 or more)
 DOLE
79. Publication of photographs of persons or
children in various obscene or indecent 85. This refers to any word or deed which
poses meant to cause sexual excitement to debases, degrades or demeans the intrinsic
those who will see them is a form of: worth and dignity of the child as human
a. adult entertainment being.
a. Neglect
b. illegal publication
b. psychological abuse
c. obscene material
c. sexual abuse
d. pornography
d. cruelty
Laws on Porn
86. The following person are liable for child
 RA 9995 – Anti Photo and Video prostitution, EXCEPT:

a. those who act as procurer of child 92. This includes the employment, use,
prostitute (pimp) inducement or coercion of a child to engage
b. children recruited as prostitutes in sexual intercourse or lascivious
(victim) conduct; the molestation, prostitution and
c. managers or owners of the or incest with children.
establishment where the prostitution takes a. a. sexual abuse
place (hotel / motel) b. physical abuse
d. clients of child prostitute (customer) c. psychological abuse
d. cruelty
4 crimes not applicable to CICL
93. Refers to a program organized by travel
 Sniffing of Rugby establishments and individuals which consist of
 Prostitution packages or activities, utilizing and offering
 Mendicancy escort and sexual services as enticement for
 Violation of Ordinances tourists.
a. prostitution
87. This refers to the use, hiring, b. exploitation
employment and coercing of children as actors c. sex tourism
or models in printed pornographic d. pornography
materials:
a. indecent shows 94. Refers to an intentional act committed
b. child prostitution by a person who knowingly and without
c. obscene publication lawful justification follows the woman or
d. child exploitation her child or places the woman or her child
under surveillance directly or indirectly.
88. The legislative act that penalizes the a. stalking
acts, means and purposes of human b. economic abuse
trafficking: c. battery
a. R.A. 9344 – Juvenile Justice and Welfare d. sexual violence
System act of 2006 b. R.A. 7610 – Anti Child
abuse Economic Abuse – acts that make a woman
b. R.A. 9208 financially dependent
c. R.A. 8043 – Intercountry Adoption
d. RA 8552 – Domestic Adoption Law 95. A working child over fifteen but under
eighteen may work but his work hours must
89. 1st. The crime of trafficking in person is not exceed ____ hours:
qualified when the trafficked person is a a. eight
child. (true) b. seven
a. 2nd. As a general rule, children below 15 c. ten
years of age shall not be employed. (true) d. six
b. Both statements are correct.
c. The 1st statement is correct, the 2nd is Children aged 15 to below 18 years of age are
incorrect. permitted to work in any economic activity not
d. The 1st statement is incorrect, the 2nd is considered child labor, but not more than
eight (8) hours a day and in no case beyond
correct.
forty (40) hours a week. They shall not be
e. Both statements are incorrect.
allowed to work between 10:00 P.M. and
6:00 A.M. of the following day, and
90. The “Anti-Violence Against Women and employer should provide the child with access
their Children Act of 2004”: to at least elementary and secondary education.
a. R.A. 9262
b. b. R.A. 7610
96. A working child who is below eighteen
c. R.A. 9208
but over fifteen years old may be allowed to
d. d. R.A. 9344
work between the hours of:
Types of Abuses / Violence a. six to eight o’clock pm
b. seven to eight o’clock p
 P – Physical c. six to ten o’clock pm
 E – Economic d. seven to ten o’clock pm
 P – Psychological
 S – Sexual
97. It means failure to provide, for
91. It refers to an act of inflicting physical reasons other than poverty, the basic
harm upon the woman or her child resulting needs of the child, such as food, clothing,
to the physical and psychological or medical care, shelter and basic education
emotional distress.**1000STARS a. sexual abuse
a. stalking b. physical abuse
b. economic abuse c. psychological abuse
c. battery d. neglect
d. sexual violence
stalking – act of unauthorized following of *specific – physical neglect
women or their children

98. Refers to acts that make or attempt to  who are adopters?
make a woman financially dependent. Filipino
a. stalking o Legal age – 21 y/o
b. economic abuse o Age gap 16 years
c. battery o GMRC
d. sexual violence
o Not convicted of any crime
Note: guilty of economic abuse + psychological Alien
abuse o At least 27 y/o
o 16 years gap
99. No child shall be employed as a model in o GMRC
any advertisement directly or indirectly o Not convicted
promoting the following: o 3 years resident of the Philippines
i. alcoholic beverages and intoxicating o From a country with diplomatic relations
drinks (no)
ii. pornographic materials (no) 105. This refers to the document issued by
iii. medicines for use of adults (yes) the court signifying the approval of the
iv. cigarettes and any form of gambling application for adoption:
(no) a. decree of adoption
a. I, II, III are correct b. petition for adoption – application
b. II, III, IV are correct c. annulment
c. I, II, IV are correct d. rescission – taking back of child
d. I, III, IV are correct
100. The law that provides special protection 106. This is the legal age in the Philippines:
of children against child abuse, exploitation and a. twenty-one
discrimination. b. seventeen
a. R.A. 7610 c. eighteen
b. R.A. 9208 – human trafficking d. twelve
c. R.A. 9231 – anti child labor  PD 603 – legal age is 21
d. P.D. 603 – the child and youth welfare  RA 6809 – legal age is 18
code
107. A child who has been voluntarily or
101. The law prohibiting the worst forms of involuntarily committed to the DSWD or to a
child labor. duly licensed child placement agency and is free
a. R.A. 9262 from parental authority:
b. R.A. 7610 a. child legally available for adoption
c. R.A. 9231 b. legally-free child
d. R.A. 9344 c. emancipated child
d. abandoned child
102. This form of child abuse includes

lacerations, fractured bones, burns,  *CLAAD – child legally available for
internal injuries and serious bodily harm adoption
suffered by a child:  *Abandonment must after 3 months
a. psychological
b. emotional
108. Emancipation takes place when:
c. physical
A. the parents decide to emancipate him or
d. cruelty
her
B. the child becomes 18 years old
C. the child is already married
103. This is the Latin term for parental D. the child applies for it
authority:
a. loco parentis - temporary guardian  emancipation – freedom from parental
b. patria potestas authority
c. parens patriae – father of the land
d. patria adorada – love of country 109. The CICL shall be entitled to the
automatic suspension of sentence until the
 cruelty – any words or any deeds that maximum age of __:
degrades the dignity of the child a. twenty-three
b. eighteen
c. twenty-one
104. Before any petition for adoption may be
d. twenty
approved, the adopter and the adoptee must
first undergo a supervised trial custody for a  upon reaching the age of 18 ➔ 3
period of: choices
a. at least six months  Execute the sentence
b. b) not more than six months  Discharge
c. c) at least one year  Extend until 21
d. d) not less than one year
110. In case the child has been found
guilty by the court, he shall be ordered to be

transferred to _______: b. parole
a. a youth rehabilitation center c. probation
b. a youth detention home – for children d. pardon
under trial  conditional release after serving the
c. a city or municipal jail - for adults minimum – PAROLE
d. an agricultural camp – incorrigible child  act of grace by the president by means
of extinction of criminal liability = PARDON
specific answer – Bahay Pagasa
118. A child in conflict with the law is
111. Preliminary investigation shall only be exempted from _____:
conducted when the: a. both criminal and civil liability
a. a) CICL is over fifteen but under b. neither criminal nor civil liability
eighteen c. criminal liability only
b. CICL is disqualified for diversion d. civil liability only
c. CICL acted with discernment
d. victim filed the complaint
Follow up Question – who will pay for the civil
damages? Answer – parents (family
112. The law enforcement officer must ensure purpose doctrine)
that all statements signed by the child during Note: RA 9344 do not extinguish civil liability
investigation are witnessed and signed by the
following: 119. If the penalty for the crime committed
A. his parents, lawyer and social by the CICL is imprisonment of more than six
worker years, diversion will be within the jurisdiction
B. his parents or guardian of the ____________:
C. legal counsel a. barangay
D. social worker b. DSWD
c. police
113. The body search of the child in d. court
conflict with the law must be done only by a
law enforcement officer:
A. who has initial contact
B. assigned to the case 120. Discernment is the determining factor if
C. of the opposite sex the CICL is over fifteen years old. The decision
D. of the same gender as to whether the child acted with or without
discernment is made initially by the _______:
a. social worker
114. The first important thing that a law
b. claw enforcer
enforcer must do upon initial contact is to
c. CICL
____:
a. know the age of the child d. d. judge
b. notify the local DSWD Follow up Question– who determines the
c. call the parents
age of the child? Answer – Law enforcer
d. make a report
Follow up Question– who will determine the
presence of discernment? Answer – social
115. It is the best evidence to prove the age worker
of the child in conflict with the law:
a. testimony of the parents of the child Follow up Question – who will determine
b. testimony of the child probable cause? Answer -Prosecutor
c. certificate of birth
d. school records Follow up Question – who will determine the
guilt of the child? Answer – judge
116. It is the holding in abeyance of the
service of the sentence imposed by the court 121. The duty of determining the age of
upon a finding of guilt of the child in conflict the child in conflict with the law lies with the
with the law, whereby the child undergoes _______:
rehabilitation within a fixed period under a. social worker
such terms and conditions as may be ordered b. law enforcer
by the court: c. CICL
a. probation d. judge
b. b) suspension of sentence
c. parole 122. The age of full criminal responsibility
d. pardon is:
a. Less than 18 but more than 70 years old
Other Options: judicial reprieve b. More than 18 but less than 70 years old
c. Over 15 but under 18 years old
117. It is a disposition under which a
d. Not less than 18 but not more than
defendant, after conviction and sentence, is
70 years old
released subject to conditions imposed by the
court and to the supervision of a probation
officer: (PD 968) 123. It pertains to the document that must be
a. suspension of sentence signed by the parents of the child in conflict

with the law as part of the conditions of
diversion: 130. All records pertaining to the case of the
a. contract of diversion proceedings child in conflict with the law shall remain
b. certification of conciliation _______ and ______:
c. memorandum of agreement a. Privileged and confidential
d. contract of diversion b. classified and confidential
c. privileged and restricted
124. A child in conflict with the law who is d. secret and confidential
under fifteen years of age (exempted)
shall be turned over to the ________________  Welfare Ville – Mandaluyong
by the police for the determination of
appropriate program:
a. nearest police station 131. The age of full criminal
b. family irresponsibility is:
c. local DSWSD a. Over 15 but under 18 years old who
d. court acted with discernment
Note: all exempted CICL shall be put into b. 18 to 70 years old
intervention program c. 15 years old and below
d. Below 18 even if the act is committed
125. The diversion proceedings must be with discernment
completed within ____ days: Summary
a. thirty
b. forty-five  15 below ➔ exempted
c. sixty  Below 18 – rugby, mendicancy, prosti or
d. twenty ordinance ➔ exempted 15 and 1 day up to 17
+ no discernment ➔ exempted 15 and 1 day
126. If the court finds that the child in conflict up to 17 + with discernment ➔ “may” be liable
with the law is guilty of the crime he is accused 6 years below penalty ➔ conduct diversion ➔
of doing, the ____________ of the sentence settled ➔ case close
shall automatically be suspended:  Above 6 years penalty ➔ file complaint
a. imposition
b. determination 132. The crime charged against a child in
c. execution conflict with the law is more than 12 years
d. discharge of imprisonment, which will determine
whether diversion is necessary?
127. The ________________ has the right to A. The Police
refuse the diversion program designed for the B. The Prosecutor
child: C. The Court
a. offended party D. The Barangay Chairman
b. parents of the child
c. victim  *if the crime committed by the child is 6
d. social worker years and below = police, Brgy. or LSWD
 *if the crime committed by the child is
Follow up Question– what will happen if the more than 6 years = court
mother or father refuses diversion? Answer –
filing of charges 133. From the moment a child is taken into
custody, the law enforcement officer shall
128. When the court decides to execute the immediately but not later than ____ hours
suspended sentence, the child must be after apprehension, turnover custody of the
transferred to a: child to the Social Welfare and Development
a. youth rehabilitation center – under Office.
suspended sentence A. Nine
b. youth detention home – on going trial B. Eight
c. agricultural farm – Camp Vicente C. Seven
Madrigal D. Six
d. prison
 *police stations and brgy. halls have no
Note: if the child is incorrigible, the sentence special detention facility for CICL
may be executed
134. An Act Strengthening (amended) the
129. It shall be the duty of the Juvenile Justice System in the Philippines.
______________________ to make proper A. RA 9344
recommendation to the court regarding the B. RA 10630 – amended RA 9344
disposition of the child who is undergoing
C. RA 10627
rehabilitation while under suspension of
D. RA 8960
sentence:
a. prosecutor
b. social worker  RA 9344 – JJWC is under DOJ
c. lawyer  RA 10630 – JJWC is under DSWD
d. judge
 RA 9344 – exempted ang bata sa

rugby, mendicancy and prostitution
 RA 10630 – exempted ang bata sa  1st crime – theft – guilty- 20 years ➔
rugby, mendicancy, prostitution and violation served
of ordinances  2nd crime – robbery – guilty =
 RA 9344 – youth rehabilitation center RECIDIVIST
 RA 10630 – Bahay Pag-asa
3 ELEMENTS OF RECIDIVISM
135. It is one of the most important assets
of the nation. Thus, every effort should be  There are 2 committed crimes
exerted to promote his welfare and enhance his  The 2nd crime was committed after the
opportunities for a useful and happy life. release from the 1st crime
A. Teenager  The 1st and 2nd crime falls in the same
B. Kid title
C. Child  1st crime – robbery – guilty – 6 years ➔
D. Youth serving
 2nd crime – physical injuries – guilty
136. The Juvenile Justice and Welfare Council
is under what agency of the government?
A. Department of Justice
3 Elements of Quasi Recidivism
B. Department of Social Welfare and
Development  committed 2 crimes
C. Department of Tourism  the 2nd crime was committed while
D. Department of Interior and Local serving sentence
Government  the 2nd crime must be a felony (RPC)
 Ra 9344 – under DOJ  2010 – theft
 RA 10630 – amended RA 9344  2013 – estafa
 2018 – physical injuries
137. The taking of the statement of the child
in conflict with the law shall be conducted in HABITUAL DELINQUENT
the presence of the following, EXCEPT.
a. A. Child’s counsel of choice 3 Elements of H.D.
b. Local Social Welfare and Development  committed 3x or more (3 crimes)
Officer  the 3 convictions are within 10 years
c. Child’s relative  the 3 convictions are falling on the
d. Child’s parents
FRESH rule
 F – falsification
 R - robbery
 *parents, social worker &
 E – estafa
lawyer/counsel
 S – serious or less serious physical
injuries
138. It shall coordinate with the Local
 H – hurto (theft)
Council for the Protection of Children
(LCPC) in the formulation and implementation
of juvenile intervention and diversion programs Note: if not falling on recidivist, no falling in QR
in the community (brgy.). or HD = reiteracion
a. A. Women and Children Protection Desk 141. Failure to provide for the child’s support
b. Local Government Unit for this period shall be a presumptive evidence
c. Sangguniang Kabataan of the intent to abandon.
d. Local Social Welfare and Development a. 3 Months
b. 5 Months
c. 4 Months
 *National level – JJWC under the d. 6 Months
DSWD
 *Local level (LGU) - LCPC  *New law – RA 9523 – 3 months
 *Brgy level – SK  *Old law – PD 603 – 6 months
139. It attributes variations in delinquency to 142. These are undesirable conditions in

influence of social structures. the community which are harmful to the
A. Biogenic approach – physical defects, youth, EXCEPT.
heredity, disfigurement A. Gambling Houses
B. B. Sociogenic approach B. Recreational Facilities - parks,
C. Psychogenic approach – mental amusement center, playground
disorders C. Vice Dens
D. All of these D. Attractive Nuisances
140. It refers to a person whose behavior 143. This view asserts that children who
results with repeated conflict with the law. started delinquent careers early and
A. Delinquent committed violent acts throughout their
B. Habitual delinquent adolescence would likely to continue as
C. Juvenile – latin juvenilis – youth adults.
D. Recidivist A. Culture conflict – Johan Thorsten Sellin

B. Persistence (Latent Trait Theory) A. School
C. Containment theory – Walter Reckless B. Neighborhood Association
D. Reflective role taking – effect of Social C. Barangay Council
Reaction Theory (labeling) D. Church
144. If the offender is over nine years of 148. Who are those with any behavioral
age but under 18 years of age at the time of disorder, whether functional or organic, which
the commission of the crime, he is often of such a degree of severity as to require
referred to as? professional help or hospitalization?
A. Socialized delinquent A. Mentally Ill Children
B. Truant – a child who is always absent for B. Physically Handicapped Children – blind,
20 days deaf, mute, crippled
C. Criminal C. Emotional Disturbed Children – person
D. Youth offender with neurosis
 *now is CICL D. Retarded at Maturity – low IQ
145. What is an institution that receives and  75-89 = borderline / dull

rehabilitates youthful offenders or other  50-74 = educable / moron
disturbed children who have behavioral  25-49 = trainable / imbecile
problems for the purpose of determining the  Below 25 = custodial / idiot
appropriate care for them or recommending
their permanent treatment or rehabilitation in 149. A delinquent child who internalizes his
other child welfare agencies? conflicts and becomes preoccupied with
A. Rehabilitation Center his feelings is a:
B. Reintegration Center A. Social delinquent
C. Reformation Center B. Accidental delinquent
D. Restoration Center C. Asocial delinquent
D. Neurotic delinquent
 *specific answer: BAHAY PAG ASA
146. Which among the following is not part TYPES OF DELINQUENCY

of the rights of a child in conflict with the law?
 N – neurotic – internalized conflict,
preoccupied feelings
A. The right to be imposed a sentence  A – accidental – peer pressure,
of capital punishment or life curiosity
imprisonment, without the possibility of  P – psychiatric – severe mental
release disorder
B. B. The right not to be subjected to  E – environmental – occasional law
torture or other cruel, inhuman or degrading breaker
treatment or punishment (yes)  E – emotionally mal adjusted –
C. The right not to be deprived, unlawfully
habitual and chronic
or arbitrarily, of his/her liberty; detention or
 S – social – aggressive youth that
imprisonment being a disposition of last resort,
and which shall be for the shortest appropriate
resents authority
period of time (yes)  A – asocial – cold, brutal, no remorse
D. The right to bail and recognizance, in (psychopath)
appropriate cases (YES)
150. It exists when the children are
15 Rights of a CICL maltreated, raped or seduced; when
 X – death penalty children are exploited, over worried or
 X – life imprisonment made to beg in the streets or public places, or
when children are in moral danger, or
 X – reclusion perpetua
exposed to gambling, prostitution, or other
 X – handcuff
vices.
 Search – same gender A. Physically Neglected Child
 Right to bail B. Emotionally Neglected Child
 Right to be confidential C. Psychologically Neglected Child
 X – torture D. Sexually Neglected Child
 Right to probation
 Right to diversion  *Food, water, clothing, shelter –
 Right to be with his parents physical neglect
 Imprisonment is the resort  *Love, care, attention – emotional
 In case of imprisonment – separated neglect
from adults
 In case of imprisonment – same gender 151. This is the highest group of mentally
 Automatic suspension of sentence retarded, with I.Q.s from about 75 to about
89. The members of this classification are only
147. A person who learns the facts or slightly retarded and they can usually get by in
circumstances that give rise to the belief that a regular classes if they receive some extra help,
child has suffered abuse may report the guidance and consideration.
same to what agency? a. A. Trainable group – 25 to 49

b. Custodial group – below 25
c. Educable group – 50 - 74  *physical defects and heredity –
d. Borderline or low normal group / biogenic
“dull”  *mental disorder/ personality –
psychogenic
152. A theory that point criminal behavioral 157. What program is required for the child in
patterns to childhood socialization and pro conflict with the law to undergo after he/she is
or anti social attachments over the life found responsible for an offense without
course. resorting to formal court proceedings?
A. Culture conflict - upper class vs lower A. Diversion
class B. Community Service
B. Social development model C. Parole
C. Differential opportunity – limited D. Probation
legitimate opportunity
D. D. Containment theory – inner and outer
containment
 *other answer – Life Course Theory – Follow up Question – where to conduct
behavior is changing as we travel our life diversion if the crime committed by the child in
course 6 years below? Answer: Police, brgy, dswd
Follow up Question – above 6 years = court
153. This group’s I.Q. ranges from about 50
to about 75, and the intellectual development Follow up Question – how long is diversion =
is approximately ½ to ¾ of that expected of a 45 days
normal child of the same chronological age.
A. Trainable group 158. It is the application of the criminal
B. Borderline or low normal group justice to minors and youthful offender through
C. Educable group “moron” ➔ Henry the cooperation of the criminal justice system.
Goddard A. Child Justice System
D. Custodial group B. Youth Justice System
C. Minor Justice System
154. This cause of behavioral disorder of the D. Juvenile Justice System
youth is a result of factors such as personal
problems, ignorance and curiosity.  *RA 9344 as amended by RA 10630
a. Predisposing factor – start cause of
delinquency 159. A category of delinquency which may be
b. Environmental factor – family, society, credited to peer pressure or pure curiosity
poverty, broken home on the part of the young person.
c. Biologic factor – physical defects, a. A. Social – aggressive and resents
heredity authority
d. Precipitating factor – lead to the b. Accidental
continuation of delinquency Angst – fame, c. Neurotic – preoccupied feeling
pacool kid d. Asocial – cold, brutal, no remorse, no
conscience
155. This is where the molding of the
character of the child starts and every
member of the family should strive to make it 160. Putting a child under duress to consent
a wholesome and a harmonious place. to engage in an activity.
A. Family a. A. Coercion
B. Home b. Cruelty – words or deeds that degrades
C. Church dignity
D. School c. Molestation – sexual abuse
d. Abuse – maltreatment of children
Types of Family
 Nuclear – father, mother, children
 *Duress – uncontrollable fear and
 Blended – father, mother, children + in
irresistible force
laws and relatives
 Extended – mixed families / step
161. It asserts that lower class youths with
relationships
limited legitimate opportunity, join gangs
 Conjugal – father + mother = no and pursue a criminal career to achieve
children alternate means universal success goals.
A. Culture conflict – upper class vs lower
156. The youth misdeed may be attributed to lass
their learning process cultured in on youth B. Social development model – life course
gangs, stigmatizing contacts with
theory
governmental and social control agencies and
C. Containment theory- inner control vs
other similar variables.
outer control
A. Biogenic approach D. Differential opportunity
B. Sociogenic approach
C. Psychogenic approach  *author – Lloyd Ohlin
D. None of the above

162. Under the “Juvenile Justice and Welfare are effective deterrents to crime and
Act of 2006”, which among the following refers delinquency such as police or watchful and
to a child who is alleged as, accused of, or concerned neighbors.
adjudged as, having committed an offense A. Clever guardians
under Philippine laws? B. Proficient guardians
A. Juvenile Delinquent C. Capable guardians
B. Child in Conflict with the Law D. Qualified guardians
C. Minor Offender *Routine Activities Theory (Felson and Cohen)
D. Youth Criminal
3 elements of crime
Note – the term CICL shall be used in all of  Presence of motivated offender –
the pillars “desire”
 LE ➔ suspect – CICL  Availability of suitable targets –
 PROS ➔ responded – CICL “capability/instrumentality"
 Court ➔ accused – CICL  Absence of capable guardian –
 Corr ➔ PDL – CICL “opportunity”
163. It is devoted and focused on curbing
the problem on delinquency through *modern outgrowth of classical school
undertaking preventive programs, policies and
activities. 169. It exists when the child is
A. Philippine National Police malnourished, ill clad and without proper
B. Department of National Defense – shelter. A child is unattended when left by
internal and external national security himself without provision for his needs and/or
C. Local Government (City, Municipal, without proper supervision. What classification
Provincial, Brgy.) of neglected child is this?
D. Bureau of Jail Management and A. Physically Neglected Child
Penology – detention and confined of inmates B. Psychologically Neglected Child
C. Emotionally Neglected Child
164. It refers to one with no proper D. Sexually Neglected Child
parental care or guardianship, whose
abandonment is for a period of at least six 170. It refers to a system dealing with
months (PD 603). children at risk and children in conflict
A. Neglected Child with the law, which provides child-appropriate
B. Deserted Child proceedings, including programs and
C. Unattended Child services for prevention, diversion,
D. Abandoned Child rehabilitation, re-integration and aftercare to
ensure their normal growth and development.
 *RA 9523 – 3 months abandonment A. Child Justice and Welfare
B. Youth Justice and Welfare
165. It refers to the programs provided in C. Minor Justice and Welfare
a community setting developed for purposes D. Juvenile Justice and Welfare
of intervention and diversion, as well as System
rehabilitation of the child in conflict with
the law, for reintegration into his/her family 171. A phenomenon that occurs when youth
and/or community. who regard themselves as delinquents are
a. Community Juvenile Programs giving an inner voice to their perception or
b. Community Rehabilitation Programs view of how significant others feel about
c. Community Outreach Programs them.
d. D. Community - Based Programs A. Reflective role taking – effect of
labeling
B. Culture conflict
 *CorAd = Non Institutional Correction C. Persistence – latent trait theory
D. Containment theory
166. Their degree of success or
accomplishment depends upon the quality and 172. A legal act of entrusting a child to the
type of education they receive as well as on the care of the Department of Social Welfare
treatment at home and in the community, their and Development or any duly licensed child
I.Q range from about 50 to 75.
placement agency or individual.
A. Educable
A. Placement
B. Custodial – below 25
B. Commitment – entrusting an inmate to
C. Borderline – 75-89
jail
D. Trainable – 25-49
C. Consignment
D. Entrustment
167. It refers to anti-social act which deviates
from normal pattern of rules and regulations.
 *Foster home = placement agency
A. Recidivism
B. Juvenile delinquency
C. Quasi recidivism 173. Failure to provide the basic needs of a
D. Delinquency child.
A. Abuse
168. It refers to persons and individuals who B. Cruelty

C. Exploitation a. Physically Handicapped Children
D. Neglect b. Mentally Subnormal
c. Essentially Incurable
174. High moral principles should be instilled d. Retarded at Maturity
in the child by the following, EXCEPT.
A. Government
B. School 182. Duty of any head of a public or private
C. Home hospital upon any knowledge of a child who
D. Church have been treated or suffered from abuse.
A. Report to the DSWD within 48
hours upon discovery of abuse
175. A child left by himself without
B. Report the incident to the family
provisions for his needs and / or without
C. Report the incident to the law
proper supervision.
enforcement authority
A. Unattended Child
D. File a case in court in behalf of the child
B. Neglected Child
C. Dependent Child 183. Aside from the child, who may file a
D. Abandoned Child complaint against any violation of R.A. 7610?
A. Parents or guardians (yes)
176. It refers to an alternative, child- B. Ascendants or collateral relatives within
appropriate process of determining the the 3rd degree of consanguinity (yes)
responsibility and treatment of a child in C. Barangay Chairman Officer or DSWD or
conflict with the law on the basis of his/her at least any three responsible citizen (yes)
social, cultural, economic, psychological or D. All of the choices
educational background without resorting to
formal court proceedings.  *RA 7610 is a public crime – anyone
A. Diversion may file a complaint
B. Friendly Interview  *concubinage, adultery, seduction,
C. Due Process abduction, AOL – private crime
D. Preliminary Investigation
184. The anti-social behavior of the youth is
177. Family home type which provide a direct result of internal conflict and pre-
temporary shelter from 10 to 20 days for occupation with his own emotion and
children under observation by the DSWD. mood. **1000stars**
A. Receiving homes a. A. Neurotic
B. Maternity homes – for pregnant women b. Social - aggressive
and her child c. Accidental – peer pressure and curiosity
C. Nursery – “day care” – 6 yeas old below d. Asocial – cold, brutal, no remorse
D. Shelter care institution – abandoned,
neglected, abused 185. Forcing an activity on the child without
consent.
178. His delinquent act has a cold, brutal, A. Coercion
vicious quality for which the youth feels no B. Abuse
remorse. C. Cruelty
A. Asocial D. Molestation
B. Neurotic
C. Accidental 186. View that youth can move in and out of
D. Social delinquency and that their lifestyle can adjust
and embrace both deviant and conventional
179. Who among the following shall primarily values.
ensure that the status, rights and interests A. Swift
of children are upheld in accordance with the B. Drift
Constitution and international instruments on C. Coast
human rights? D. Waft
a. National Youth Commission
b. Kabataan Partylist  *Neutralization theory (Drift Theory)
c. Commission on Human Rights – handle – David Matza & Gresham Sykes
cases of violation of human rights committed  J - justification
by LEA.
 A – alibi
d. Sangguniang Kabataan
 R – rationalization
180. It is characterized by disrespect or 187. A child who is bound to travel abroad

disobedience for authority. alone may do so with a permit or clearance
a. Emotional Disorder – “neurosis” issued by:
b. Vagrancy – leaving the family home A. The parents
c. Truancy – absence of 20 days B. The guardians
d. Anti-Social Behavior C. Department of Social Welfare and
Development
D. Any of the choices
181. These are crippled, deaf, mute, blind,
or otherwise defective which restricts their  *if the child is traveling alone
means of action on communication with others. domestically – parental consent

188. This refers to children who are unable 194. If children, whether male or female,
to cope with their family life and chooses who for money, profit or any other
to leave the family home. This is a direct consideration or due to the coercion or
result of feeble-mindedness, disagreeable home influence of any adult, syndicate or group, are
conditions, broken homes and misdirected indulge in sexual intercourse or lascivious
fancy for adventures. conduct it is known as…
A. Vagrancy A. Child Abuse
B. Cheating B. Child Trafficking
C. Lying C. Child Prostitution
D. Stealing D. Child Exploitation
189. What is a child caring institution that Types of Prostitution

provides care for six or more children below
 Burikat sa gedli – street hooker
six years of age twenty-four hours a day,
except those duly licensed to offer primarily  Burikat sa massage parlor – factory
medical and educational services? girls
A. Nursery  Burikat na one call away – call girls
B. Detention Home  Burikat sa paradahan ng truck – lot
C. Day Care lizard
D. Maternity  Burikat kapalit droga – skeezer
 Lalaking burikat – gigolo
190. It refers to the totality of the  Bugaw ng burikat – pimp / madam
circumstances and conditions, which are
most congenial to the survival, protection 195. It implies the keeping of unlawful
and feelings of security of the child and behavior from occurring
most encouraging to the child's physical, a. Control
psychological and emotional development. b. Recession
a. Anti Youth Exploitation Measure c. Repression
b. Special Protection of Minor d. Prevention
c. Restorative Juvenile Justice
d. Best Interest of the Child
196. 382. Under the “Juvenile Justice and
Welfare Act of 2006”, it refers to the person
191. A place of residence whose primary in authority or his/her agent as defined in
function is to give shelter and care to Article 152 of the Revised Penal Code,
pregnant women and their infants. including a barangay tanod.
A. Maternity home a. A. Police Officer
B. Hospital b. Probation Officer
C. Rehabilitation center c. Law Enforcement Officer
d. Public Officer
D. Foster homes – placement agency
“bahay ampunan”
 *Brgy Tanod – BPSO, BPAT, RPC =
192. This may be demonstrated by any of the
following: severe anxiety, depression, Barrio Policeman
aggressive or withdrawal behavior.
A. Psychological injury 197. He is one whose basic needs have
B. Mental injury been deliberately unattended or
C. Physical injury inadequately attended.
D. Emotional injury A. Abandoned Child
B. Abused Child
C. Neglected Child
Types of Violence
D. Dependent Child
 PEPS – physical, economic,
psychological and sexual violence 198. This period of human life covers
puberty to 17 years old.
193. It refers to a series of activities, which a. Adolescence
are designed to address issues that b. Early adolescence
caused the child to commit an offense. It c. Juvenile
may take the form of an individualized d. None of the above
treatment program, which may include
counseling, skills training, education, and other
activities that will enhance his/her
psychological, emotional and psychosocial well-
10 - Stages of Human Development
being.
A. Diversion Prenatal stage = “fetal stage” – conception ➔ 9
B. Rehabilitation month b. Infancy = birth – 2 weeks
C. Probation
D. Intervention  Shortest period
 Dangerous age
 *when this is conducted - if the child
was declared EXEMPTED Babyhood = 2 weeks – 2 years old

 Age of rapid development B. Accidental – peer pressure and curiosity
 Hazardous age C. Asocial – cold, brutal, no remorse
D. Social
Early childhood – 2 – 6 y/o
202. It refers to offenses, which discriminate
 Troublesome age
only against a child, while an adult does not
 Preschool age
suffer any penalty for committing similar acts.
Late childhood – 6 – 10/12 These shall include curfew violations; truancy,
parental disobedience and the like.
 Quarrelsome age (10% suntukan and 90% A. Delinquency
ano ano ano) B. Exclusive
 Elementary age C. Status Offense
D. Grave
Puberty – 10/12 – 14 y/o
203. Children detained pending trial may be
 Rapid change
released on bail or ________ as provided for
 Overlapping age under Sections 34 and 35 of RA 9344.
Adolescence – 14 – 18 y/o a. A. Probation
b. Recognizance – RA 6036
 Time of conflict c. Parole
 Threshold of adulthood d. Bond
Early adulthood – 18 – 40 y/o

 Recognizance – RA 6036
 Reproductive age  “FREE BAIL”
 Time of isolation - Indigent
 Time of creativity - Case – 6 months below penalty
- Guarantor
Middle age – 40 – 60 y/o
 Time of evaluation 204. Which of the following refers to the
 Dangerous age maltreatment of a minor, whether habitual or
 Time of empty nest not?
A. Caress – take care gently
Old age – 60 – death B. Abuse
C. Discrimination
 Senescence D. Exploitation
 Aging out phenomenon
 Age of decline 205. He is one who is without a parent or
 Wish for rejuvenation guardian, or whose parents, guardian or other
 “Kung gusto ng bulalo, tumira ng lolo” custodian for good cause desire to be relieved
of his care and custody; and is dependent
199. What refers to anti-social act or upon the public of support.
behavior which deviates from the normal A. Abandoned Child
pattern of rules and regulation, custom and B. Neglected Child
culture which society does not accept and which C. Abused Child
therefore, justifies some kind of corrective D. Dependent Child
measures in the public interest and it is being
committed by minors? 206. It refers to aggregate of persons or
A. Juvenile Delinquency those responsible persons from various sector
B. Minor Delinquency of the community that is safeguarding the rights
C. Child Delinquency of a working child in a company.
D. Youth Delinquency A. Organization
B. Association
200. Police officers who have taken into C. Club
custody a child in conflict with the law, under D. Samahan / labor union
the juvenile justice act is mandated to turn over
said child to the custody of the Department of  KMU – kilusang Mayo Uno
Social Welfare and Development or any
accredited Non-Government Organization
immediately but not later than _____ hours
207. A 24-hour child-caring institution that
after apprehension.
provide short term resident care for
A. 8
youthful offenders (CICL).
B. 24
A. Bahay Pag-asa
C. 12
B. Nursery – 6 years below
D. 36
C. Child caring institution
D. Foster home – bahay ampunan
201. This type of delinquent youth is
characterized by aggressiveness and
208. The parents or guardian of a working
resentment to the authority of any person
child is obligated by law to set up a trust fund
who tries to control his behavior.
(savings account) for the child which shall
A. Neurotic – internalized conflict
constitute at least ____ percent of the earning

of the child. D. Suspended Sentence – until 18
a. 20
b. 40 213. Which Of the following became the
c. 30 model institution for all American juvenile
d. 50 offenders?
a. House of ill refute
b. Bridewell Palace – “Bridewell Workhouse
Salary Distribution (RA 9231) – 1st English prison located in London”
 *100% - working child c. Reformatory school
 *maximum of 20% - share to parents d. House of refuge – new York house
 *minimum of 30% - savings account of refuge
209. The chairman of Juvenile Justice and Question – What is the best institution of
Welfare Council under the law is: juvenile delinquents = BORSTAL (London,
A. The undersecretary of the DOJ Boys 16-21) – Sir Evelyn Ruggles Brise
B. The undersecretary of DepEd
C. The undersecretary of the DILG 214. Which statement exemplifies that
D. The undersecretary of the DSWD without the very source of strength and
courage of individual, man may develop fear
210. It refers to a principle, which requires a and inferiority?
process of resolving conflicts with the a. It is through companionship where
maximum involvement of the victim, the warmth is felt by a child.
offender and the community. It seeks to b. Security is the state of being secure,
obtain reparation for the victim; specifically freedom from danger, risk, care and
reconciliation of the offender, the apprehension.
offended and the community; and c. This is one thing needed in a family for a
reassurance to the offender that he/she can be child.
reintegrated into society. It also enhances d. Children's accomplishments and
public safety by activating the offender, the resourcefulness deserve appreciation and
victim and the community in prevention reward
strategies.
A. Restorative Justice – non punitive /  *Differential Reinforcement Theory
non retributive (Ronald Akers) – an act that is rewarded will be
B. B. Rehabilitative Justice repeated but an act that is punished will be
C. Reformative Justice
avoided”
D. Reintegrative Justice
215. Identify the child who has no proper
 *retributive / punitive justice –
parental love or guardianship or whose
punishment, payment of fines, death penalty, parent have deserted him for a period of at
torture. least six continuous months.
a. Neglected – the needs are inadequate
211. It refers to a 24-hour residential care
b. Independent – emancipated child (18
facility managed by the Department of Social
y/o)
Welfare and Development (DSWD), LGUs,
c. Dependent – the needs are coming from
licensed and/or accredited NGOs monitored by
his parents or public support
the DSWD, which provides care, treatment
and rehabilitation services for children in d. Abandoned
conflict with the law. Rehabilitation services
are provided under the guidance of a trained  RA 9523 – makes abandonment in 3
staff where residents are cared for under a months of parental absence
structured therapeutic environment with the
end view of reintegrating them into their
families and communities as socially 216. Which refers to the cult or instant
functioning individuals. Physical mobility of gratification (pleasure)?
residents of said centers may be restricted a. Non-Utilitarian
pending court disposition of the charges b. Short-run Hedonism
against them. c. Negativism – pessimism
A. Youth Reformation Center d. Group Autonomy
B. Youth Reintegration Center
C. Youth Rehabilitation Center
D. Youth Restoration Center  *Author: Jeremy Bentham
 *bahay pag asa
217. Which of the following is NOT a part of
the working definition of restorative justice?
a. Isolation – imprisonment
212. The child who is under 18-years of age (retributive)
at the time of the commission of the offense is b. Diversion – settlement
found guilty of the offense charged, shall c. Protection
place the child under . d. Prevention
A. Recognizance
B. Diversion  *restorative justice – this is a non-
C. Bail punitive justice leading to reconciliation and

restoration of damages. assume an identity to CIVILIAN in CHARACTER
and NATIONAL in SCOPE?
218. Which child was determined by the a. Article VI, Section XVI
LSWDO to have been maltreated, whether
habitual or not b. Article XVI, Section VI
a. Dependent c. Article 3, Section 16
b. Abused d. Article 16, Section 3
c. Abandoned
d. Neglected
5. JUNE 2018 CLE, It is the Code of Ethics
 *RA 7610 – “Anti Child Abuse Law” for Government Officials and Employees in the
Philippines.
219. Which system refers to legislation, a. R.A no. 6713
norms, and standards, procedures, b. B. R.A no. 3019 = Anti -Graft and
mechanisms, institutions, and bodies specifically Corrupt Practices Act
applicable to juvenile offenders? c. C. Act no. 255 = The Law Changing the
a. Criminal justice – study of various Name of Insular Constabulary to Philippine
government agencies Constabulary
b. Barangay justice – penalty is 1 year or d. D. NOTA
less or fine of 5,000 and below (PD 1508)
c. Retributive justice – imprisonment and
punishment 6. JUNE 2018 CLE, The failure to perform
d. Restorative justice an act in which one is obliged or permitted to
do either by law or directive due to omission or
220. Which is NOT a physically neglected failure to recognized the obligation.
child? a. Malfeasance =kapag may
a. Ill-clad without proper shelter (physical) ginawang labag sa batas (MISCONDUCT)
b. When a child is malnourished (physical) b. Misfeasance= kapag may binaluktot sa
c. Mentally subnormal (emotional) – batas(IRREGULARITIES IN THE PERFORMANCE
retarded OF DUTY)
d. Child who is unattended when left by c. Non-Feasance – may hindi ginawa
himself without provision of his need and/or sa batas (NEGLECT OF DUTY)
proper supervision. (physical) d. None of these
7. JUNE 2018 CLE, A police officer is

POLICE ETHICS forbidden to engage in idle conversation while
1. JUNE 2018 CLE, PO2 Giannis on duty. Specifically this prohibition refers
Antetokounmpo is often seen with gambling to__________.
lords and drunkards in his community. What he a. Gossip and idle talk
is doing affects the ______ of the police
organization. b. Communication outside organization
a. Power c. Vexing of humiliating other
b. Authority d. All of the foregoing
c. Image
d. Function
8. June 2018 CLE, The usual greeting
2. JUNE 2018 CLE, The binding spirit that rendered by uniform service upon meeting and
enhances teamwork and cooperation in the recognizing person entitled to do it. The most
police organization. common form of courtesy in the PNP and
a. Loyalty = katapatan Military?
b. Valor =katapangan a. Bow
c. Patriotism = pagmamahal sa bayan b. Shake-hands
c. Salute
d. Camaraderie d. Greetings
3. JUNE 2018 CLE, What is the Reason why

a police officer must always wear his uniform 9. JUNE CLE 2018, The basic weapon of a
securely buttoned? police officer is?
a. Loose Clothing Is Shabby a. Gun
b. A Complete Uniform Gets Women’s b. Uniform
Attention c. Whistle
c. For better performance d. Knowledge of law
d. A Neat Appearance Will Command
Respect e. Church
4. JUNE 2018 CLE, The 1987 Philippine
Constitution mandated the creation of the 10. JUNE 2018 CLE, A set of norms and
Philippine National Police, What provision of the standards practiced by police officers during
fundamental law prescribed that it would social and other functions.

a. Social Decorum 17. JUNE 2018 CLE, Upright in character,
b. Courtesy polite in manners, dignified in appearance, and
c. Custom sincere in their concern to their fellowmen.
d. Both B and C a. Gentlemanliness
b. Duty
11. JUNE 2018 CLE, The best measure for c. Word of honor
the competence of police officer is ______. d. Orderliness
a. High morale of his men
b. Good command of words 18. JUNE 2018 CLE, The best PCR a police
c. Ability of his men to prepare reports. officer can do to the community is
d. High level of education among his men a. harass the people
b. B. perform his job well
12. JUNE 2018 CLE,. Police immorality is c. C. dress well
exampled by------- d. D. always present in the office
a. Living with a woman not his wife
b. Smoking while patrolling 19. An established and generally accepted
c. Being late from work moral values refer to
d. All of these a. integrity
b. morality
13. JUNE 2018 CLE, All PNP members shall c. ethical standard
recognize the fact that they are public servants d. authority
and not the master of the people and towards
this end, they should perform their duties  *Morality – quality of being bad or
without arrogance. good
a. Integrity  *authority – power to command
b. Delicadeza subordinates
 *integrity – ability to stay away from
c. Humility corruption
d. None of these
20. These are forbidden acts involving
NOTE: Integrity= Reputation police will not misuse of office or authority for personal gain.
allow himself to be a victim of any act of a. corruption
corruption b. immorality
Delicadeza= a police officer as a public servant c. deviance
must ready to sacrifice for the public welfare/ d. brutality
for the sake of other people
 *brutality – excessive use of force
 *immorality – acts which are not
14. DECEMBER CLE 2018, Eviction or
accepted by norms
demolition of squatters calls for the policemen
21. It is the unreasonable, unnecessary and
to,
excessive use of force in the conduct of police
a. Exercise maximum tolerance while operations which does not support a legitimate
giving security assistance police function.
b. Exercise limited force a. cruelty
c. Exercise maximum force in dealing with b. torture
squatters c. police brutality
d. Participate in actual demolition d. battery
15. JUNE 2018 CLE, They are police officers *torture – corporal punishment / 3rd degree
who engage in relatively minor type of
corruption opportunities as they present 22. An example of police immorality is
themselves. _____:
a. Meat eaters-actively engage in Major a. going to the office not in uniform
corruption b. living with a woman not his wife
b. Grass eaters c. smoking while patrolling
c. C Straight-Shooter -honest police d. always absent from his post
officers
d. D. None of these 23. Considered as the highest form of love in
the PNP hierarchy of police values.
16. JUNE 2018 CLE, A comprehensive plan a. love of women
which delineates responsibilities and specific b. love of God
action to be taken when a bomb incident or c. selfless love of people
bomb threat occurs is called d. love of power
A. Floor plan
PNP Core Values
a. B. Bomb threat plan
b. C. Drill  Makadiyos
c. D. Contingency plan  Makatao
 Makabayan
 Makakalikasan

24. The _____ character of the police  *delicadeza – ability to sacrifice self
requires adherence to the rule on merit and interest
fitness system.  *camaraderie – binding spirit of team
a. civilian work and cooperation
b. social  *honor code – highest code in military
c. authoritarian and police. “do not lie, do not cheat, do not
d. democratic steal nor tolerate those who do?
 *Art 16, Sec 6, 1987 Constitution – 30. Reason why a police officer must always
PNP mandate wear his uniform securely buttoned.
a. loose clothing is shabby
25. Giving unfair breaks to friends and b. complete uniform gets women’s
relatives. attention
a. deviance c. it is a minor offense
b. misconduct d. a neat appearance will command
c. nepotism respect
d. corruption
31. Which of this statement is FALSE?
a. Religion in advance societies tends to
 *other option : Cronyism
the collective or group experience.
b. Participation in organized religious
26. PNP members are expected to by the
activity is higher among women,
public not to seek political influence nor
especially widows.
get “padrino” on matters pertaining to c. Some religions are attractive to the
assignment, award, training and
deprived because they promise rewards in the
promotion. This means that all PNP members
other world.
are discouraged to resort to: d. Religion has served as a functional
a. political patronage alternative to political extremism.
b. influence peddling
c. partisan politics 32. PNP members shall conduct themselves
d. political corruption properly at all times in keeping with the
rules and regulations of the organization.
 Question – who appoints COP? Mayor This commitment to police professional conduct
– choices of 5 is simply known as _________:
 Question – who appoints provincial a. discipline
director? Governor – choices of 3 b. devotion to duty
 Question – who appoints chief, PNP? c. delicadeza
President d. dedication to work
27. The legislative act which provides for the 33. A manifestation of love of country with
rights of the person arrested, detained or under a pledge of allegiance to the flag and a vow to
custodial investigation. defend the Constitution.
a. R.A. 3019 a. nationalism
b. R.A. 7610 b. heroism
c. R.A. 7438 c. patriotism
d. R.A. 9165 d. valor
 *RA 3019 – anti graft and corruption  *Valor – highest form of bravery /
 *RA 7610 – anti child abuse courage; ability to sacrifice life
 *RA 9165 – CDDA 2002
34. It is the ability to last. *1000STARS
28. Any public officer who agrees to a. endurance
perform an act constituting a crime, in b. patience
connection with the performance of his official c. perseverance
duties, in consideration of any offer, promise, d. fortitude
gift or present received by such officer  perseverance – ability to go on despite
personally or through the mediation of another of obstacles
shall be liable for ________?  patience – ability to be calm
a. direct bribery  fortitude – courage without yielding;
b. malversation firmness of the mind
c. indirect bribery
d. illegal exaction 35. The concept that the manner in which
the police were viewed was likely to influence
29. Insp. Garcia’s word is his bond, he stand the degree of cooperation they were to receive
by it and commit to uphold it. Inspector Garcia was espoused by:
therefore has: **1000STARS a. Sir Robert Peel
a. delicadeza b. Friedrich Taylor – father of scientific
b. word of honor management
c. camaraderie c. Max Weber
d. honor code d. Edwin Sutherland – dean of modern
criminology; DAT; White Collar Crime.

d. justice
 *symbiotic relationship – the police is
the community and the community is the 43. Excessive use of force or police brutality
police (team policing) is a violation of the ethical standards. PNP
members shall exercise proper and ______ use
36. It means courage to endure without of authority in the performance of duty.
yielding. a. effective
a. prudence b. proportionate
b. fortitude c. legitimate
c. temperance d. responsiblw
d. justice
 *prudence - ability to discipline oneself,

ability to make sound judgment
 *temperance – ability to control sexual
appetite. 44. Imports the act of cruelty, severity,
unlawful execution, domination or excessive
use of authority.
a. dishonesty
37. It means “love for the country” b. c. disloyalty
a. patriotism c. incompetency
b. nationalism d. d. oppression
c. valor
d. bravery  *dishonesty – act of distortion of truth
 *incompetency – lack of necessary
38. What Executive Order provides for the skills
institutionalization of the Doctrine of  disloyalty – breach of allegiance to a
Command Responsibility in all law country (Treason)
enforcement agencies particularly in the PNP?
a. E.O. 266 45. Otherwise known as the “Code of Ethics
b. E.O. 226 of Public Officials or Employees”.
c. E.O. 227 a. R.A. 3019
d. E.O. 236 b. R.A. 7080
c. R.A. 6713
 *command responsibility – d. R.A. 7438
commensurate accountability of superiors to  *COPCES – Code of Professional
his subordinates Conduct and Ethical Standards.
39. The ability to go on despite obstacles or 46. Under this ethical standard, the PNP
oppositions. member shall take legitimate means to achieve
a. a. patience goals despite of internal of external and
b. perseverance internal difficulties.
c. endurance a. integrity
d. prudence b. orderliness
c. humility
40. The police officers use of offensive d. perseverance
and obscene languages is known as police
_______.  *humility – service without arrogance
a. brutality  *orderliness – ability to follow
b. profanity procedures
c. perjury
d. gratuity 47. All PNP members must have the moral
courage to sacrifice self-interest in keeping
 *gratuity – material items or gift for with the time-honored principle of ____.
good service **1000STARS**
a. Delicadeza
41. It is the ability to be calm in enduring b. Amor propio
situations. c. Pride
a. apatience d. Pakikisama
b. perseverance
c. endurance 48. What is the complete title of the PNP
d. prudence Code of Conduct?
a. PNP Code of Ethical Standards and
 *temperance + patience + police Professional Conduct
operation = maximum tolerance b. PNP Code of Professional Conduct
and Ethical Standards
42. It the ability to moderate or to avoid c. PNP Code of Conduct and Standards
something. d. PNP Ethical Standards
a. a. prudence
b. fortitude 49. A police community relations program
c. temperance must provide opportunities for the police and

the citizens to _______.
a. talk with each other 54. What program is concerned with
b. talk for each other creating a favorable public image of the police?
c. talk through each other a. police relations
d. talk to each other b. Press relations
c. Community relations
50. PO1 Juan Alba governs and disciplines d. Public relations
himself by means of reason and sound
judgment. What virtue does he practice? 55. The binding spirit that enhances
**1000STARS** teamwork and cooperation in the police
a. endurance organization.
b. prudence a. loyalty
c. courtesy b. patriotism
d. patriotism c. camaraderie
d. valor
 *courtesy – act of respect
 *Q - highest form of respect – salute
51. It is an omission or refusal, without

sufficient excuse, to perform an act or duty 56. The authority to make decisions without
which is the police officer’s legal obligation to reference to the specific rules or facts, using
perform. **1000STARS** instead one’s own judgment.
a. Discretion
a. nonfeasance
b. Negotiation
b. misfeasance
c. prudence
c. malfeasance
d. conviction
d. corruption
57. What is the most important supervisory
 chief: magcheckpoint kayo principle in order to improve the morale of
 police: yes sir --- tumambay sa 7-11at staff?
nag aircon at sumipsip ng slurpee ➔ NON a. Be fair and just
FEASANCE – omission, refusal b. Be strict on attendance
c. Be kind and respectful
 chief: mag checkpoint kayo
d. Be forgiving
 police: yes sir, (3 lang sila sa checkpoint)
– MISFEASANCE – improper performance
58. It refers to the planned use of mass
communication for public purpose:
 chief: mag check point kayo
a. Press release
 police: yes sir (one of them accepted a
b. advertisement
bribe) – MALFEASANCE – misconduct; you
did something not ought to be done c. Publication
d. Propaganda
52. No PNP member shall engage in any
activity which shall be in conflict with their
duties as public servant. 59. The best measure for the competence of
a. malingering police officer is ______.
b. moonlighting a. High morale of his men
c. loyalty to the service b. Ability of his men to prepare reports.
d. delicadeza c. Good command of words
d. High level of education among his men
 *malingering – faking sickness to avoid
duty 60. This particular program makes the
policemen a friend and partner of the people
53. What is the primary purpose of a public as well as their defender. In short, this
relation program? program makes the police a part of, and not
a. a. to develop mutual understanding apart from society.
between the police and public; a. Civic Action Program
b. b. To plan for a community relation b. Public information Program
program; c. Public relation Program
c. To recruit new members for community d. Mass Communication Program
relations;
d. To train police officers in community 61. It is the sum total of all the dealings of
relations. the police with the people it serves and whose
goodwill and cooperation the police needs
*Key terms for police community relation for the greatest possible efficiency in public
service. **1000STARS**
 mutual understanding a. Police Community Relations
 good will b. Human relations
 cooperation c. Police Public relation
 favorable public image d. Public relations
 trust
 confidence 62. The best relation a law enforcement

organization can give to the community is: b. honesty
a. good and credible performance c. loyalty to the service
b. frequent media coverage of police work d. obedience to superior
c. good public press relations
d. community visitations 70. The police officer’s relations with the
officers and men of his own department,
63. In launching a police community his supervisor, the station commander, as well
program, to attain a sound degree of success, as the city or municipal mayor where he is
link or “ugnayan” should be made first with: assigned is an example of:
a. Community Civic organization a. intra-departmental relations
b. Local prominent residents b. professional relation
c. local ladies club c. good relation
d. Barangay officials d. inter-departmental relation
64. To develop public good will, a policeman Interdepartmentalcommunications occur

on duty must do the following, EXCEPT: between personnel in different departments.
a. be selective of people to serve
b. be courteous and fair 71. PNP members must promote a living that
c. be quick to assist individuals in their is acceptable and respectable in the eyes
problem of the public. They must promote simple yet
d. perform job with dedication and credible lives.
efficiency a. police lifestyle
b. delicadeza
65. It refers to the conceptual policy laid c. human rights
down for the observance of all law d. image
enforcement personnel to exercise utmost
restraint and self-control in the performance 72. A part of the PNP’s ceremony where the
of their official functions. flag is raised in the middle of the pole in
a. command responsibility difference to deceased member of the
b. reasonable force command or unit. **1000STARS**
c. rules of engagement – “POP” a. flag raising – Monday
d. maximum tolerance b. half-mast
c. flag retreat – Friday
66. 536. The primary purpose of police d. funeral service – if there is a dead PNP
ethics is to enlighten the members of the police member
service of _________.
a. what is right and what is wrong 73. PNP members shall provide service to
b. the right attitude everyone without discrimination regardless of
c. what behavior is really acceptable party affiliation in accordance with existing
d. the right thing to do rules and regulations. **1000STARS**
a. political patronage
 *Ethics – science of morality (Ethos – b. non-partisanship
character) c. commitment to democracy
d. social awareness
67. It is a habit which inclines a man to act
in a way that harmonizes with his nature. – 74. PNP members shall not allow themselves
habit of doing good. to be victims of corruption and dishonest
a. ethics practices.
b. virtue a. integrity
c. right b. honesty
d. conscience c. clean living
d. corrupt
 *habit of doing bad? – vice
 *honesty – ability to keep the truth
68. An authority a person lawfully exercises
over subordinates by virtue of his rank and
assignment or position. 75. The misuse of police authority which
involves violations of the rules and
a. Command
regulations of the police organization.
b. orders
a. police profanity
c. responsibility b. police corruption
d. memorandum c. police misconduct (mal)
d. police deviance
 responsibility – duty follow legal
orders 76. These are material favor or gifts in
return for service.
69. Police officers should have a feeling of a. a. bribe
devotion, duty or attachment to the PNP b. kickback
organization. Such attitude is an example of c. gratuity
_____________. d. extortion
a. integrity

 *pabagsak – bribe to do some favor
 *padulas – bribe to speed up service  *tradition – customs or culture that
 *pasasalamat – gratuity was passed from one generation to the next.
77. All PNP officers shall follow logical 83. It is the doing either through ignorance,
procedures in accomplishing task assigned to inattention or malice, of that which the officer
them to minimize waste in the use of time, had no legal right to do.
money and efforts. This refers to ________. a. nonfeasance
a. perseverance b. misfeasance
b. humility c. malfeasance
c. orderliness d. oppression
d. integrity
84. When police officers are taught how to
deal with people in a warm and friendly
78. PO1 Habagat frequently assumes that he manner, they are trained in _________.
is the master of the people, perform his a. Public information
duties with arrogance and feel that he is b. international relations
invincible and not an ordinary mortal. PO1 c. Media relations
Habagat violated the ethical act of: d. human relations
a. perseverance
b. humility
c. integrity 85. Which of the following nearly expresses
d. morality the meaning of ridicule?
a. Anger
79. PO3 Perez refrains himself from b. Resentment
patronizing houses of ill refute and always c. to make fun
faithful to his lawfully wedded wife. PO3 d. disgust
Perez practices the ethical act of:
a. integrity 86. All the members of the PNP shall guard
b. loyalty the confidentiality of classified information
c. morality against ____ disclosure including aspects of
d. temperance official business, special order, communications
and other documents.
a. Authorized
80. The act of extending hospitality to b. unauthorized
visiting personnel who pays respect to the c. Approved
command or unit. d. discriminately
a. courtesy
b. exit call  *secrecy discipline (ethics)
c. courtesy of the post  *code of omerta (mafia)
d. turn over ceremony
87. Which of the following does NOT belong
 *new years call – party for pnp key to the group?
officials a. a. Non-partisanship
 *Christmas call – party for local b. c. Humility
executives c. Morality
 *exit call – ceremony for relieve, d. d. Perseverance
transfer
Note: all of the remaining are ethical
 *promotion call – party for newly
standards.
promoted
 *retirement ceremony – for retirees Note: non partisanship is a police professional
 *turnover ceremony – change of conduct
command
88. Which of the following nearly expresses
81. The sum total of the dealings between the meaning of animosity?
the police and the people it serves, and whose a. Resentment
goodwill and cooperation it craves, for the b. Anger
greatest possible efficiency in the service. c. Disgust
a. police community relations d. Bribe
b. police public relations
c. human relation
89. PNP members should always bare in
d. community relation
mind that they are public servants and not
masters of the people; they must perform their
duties without arrogance.
82. An established usage or social
a. Orderliness
practices carried on by tradition that has
b. Integrity
obtained the force of the law.
c. Humility
a. customs
d. Perseverance
b. traditions
c. mores
90. Under this police professional conduct,
d. values

PNP members including their families must a. Emergency
encourage to be actively involved in religious, b. Crisis
social and civic activities to enhance the c. Both A and B
image of the organization without affecting their d. Either A or B
official duties.
a. Happy Hours 2. DECEMBER 2017, An irrational fear
b. Police Lifestyle which is fixed, intense, uncontrollable and often
c. Social Gatherings has no reasonable foundation.
d. None of these a. phobia
b. delusions
*social awareness
c. regression
d. anxiety
91. The code of professional conduct and
ethical standards for public employee is known
as: 3. DECEMBER 2017, It refers to the
a. RA 6713 person’s knowledge of a given stimulus which
b. RA 6448 largely helps to determine the actual behavioral
c. RA 6975 response in a given situation.
d. RA 8551 a. Perception
b. awareness
92. “Judicious use of Authority” means: c. Sensation
a. Respect for Human Rights d. Learning
b. Legitimate use authority
c. Practical use of government resources 4. DECEMBER 2017, He is known as the
d. Logical procedures – orderliness “Father of Psychoanalysis”.*1000STARS
a. Tom Cruise
b. Gina Ferrero-Lombroso
93. Under this professional conduct, PNP
c. Sigmund Freud
personnel shall perform their duties with
d. Cesare Lombroso
dedication, thoroughness, efficiency,
enthusiasm and manifest concern for public
5. Which refers to a feature that can be
welfare.
focused on separately but that cannot be useful
a. Respect for human rights
without also considering other features?
b. Orderliness
a. Limitation
c. Police lifestyle
b. Dimension
d. None of these
c. Variable
d. Parameter
 *devotion to duty / dedication to work
6. Select an internal force of the
94. With regard to the police service, any psychoanalytic theory which states that all form
gift or item of value exchanged for a service the psychodynamic approach that views
rendered is known as: humans as biologically driven when they want it
a. Bribe unless they are held in check by internal and
b. Love offering external force
c. donation a. Behavior
d. gratuity b. Heredity
c. Conscience
95. A practical science that treats the d. Personality
principle of human morality and duty as
applied to law enforcement. 7. What internal processes are used to
a. Ethics explain human behavior which social learn great
b. Command responsibility emphasis on cognitive processes?
c. Police service a. Creating and thinking
d. police ethics – “ethics ng pulis” b. Understanding and remembering
c. C. Analyzing and understanding
96. The police officer performed an act d. D. Thinking and remember
under the law but committed a mistake in
the execution of such act: 8. Which refers to self-focused attention
a. nonfeasance toward one’s thoughts and feel
b. malfeasance a. Depression
c. misfeasance b. Aggression
d. none of these
c. Rumination
d. Frustration
9. Which are the manifestations of overt

HUMAN BEHAVIOR
aggression?
a. Direct confrontation with victims,
generally decreases with age
1. JUNE 2018 CLE, Is a turning point in the b. A hostile act displayed in response to a
course of anything, decisive or crucial time, perceived threat or provocation
c. Is unprovoked, deliberate, goal-
stage or event.
directed behavior used to influence of

coerce 17. This stage of sexual interest is relatively
d. Concealment dishonesty, sneaky inactive.
behavior increases with age. (Covert) a. Anal Stage
b. Genital Stage
10. Which refers to a condition when c. Latency Stage
psychopaths demonstrate normal appraisal and d. Phallic Stage
situations in the abstract (like verbal
discussion), but they are deficient in using 18. This theory states that people feel
guide their judgments and behavior in the emotion first and then act upon them.
process of living? a. Cannon-Bard theory
a. Hemisphere asymmetry b. James-Lange theory
b. Brain imbalance c. None of the above
c. Cerebral asymmetry d. Two Factor theories
d. Emotional paradox
19. All are types of dysfunctions of orgasm,
EXCEPT:
11. This refers to an Ego state characterized A. Female Orgasmic disorder
by being protective, idealistic, evaluative, and B. Male erectile disorder
righteous and always referring to laws, rules C. Male Orgasmic disorder
and reasonable human being. D. Premature ejaculation
A. Adult Ego
B. Alter Ego 20. It is an opposite of Stockholm syndrome
C. Child Ego in which abductors develop sympathy to their
D. Parent Ego hostage leading to hostage’s release.
a. Alcohol Syndrome
12. It is an inappropriately exaggerated b. Lima Syndrome
mood and marked change in activity level with c. London Syndrome
associated thought disorder. d. Stockholm Syndrome
a. Affective Reaction
b. Involutional Reaction 21. This person according to the categories
c. Manic-Depressive Reaction of abnormal behavior is apparently
d. Schizophrenic Reaction uncontrollable and impulsive which is
characterized by severe psychological disorder.
13. These are bizarre behaviour, a. Bizarre behavior
disturbances of thought and reality testing, b. Disruptive
emotional withdrawal; and varying levels of c. Impaired functioning
psychotic thinking and behavior. b. None of these
a. Affective Reaction
b. Involutional Reaction 22. It refers to the sum total of man's
c. Manic-Depressive Reaction reaction to his environment or the way human
d. Schizophrenic Reaction beings act.
a. Human Beings - Highest form of animal
14. It has no rational basis seems to indicate b. Learning – change of behavior due to
that the individual is confused the psychoses practice and experience
frequently results to hallucinations or delusions. c. Human Behavior
a. Bizzare Behavior d. Stimulus – action producing agent; any
b. Disruptive Behavior external forces
c. Impaired Functioning
d. Long Periods of Discomfort 23. Refers to any behavioral reactions or
reflexes exhibited by people because of their
15. It is a kind of disorder characterized by inherited capabilities or the process of
fears, phobias, and the person suffering from natural selection.
his has no physical difficulty, but may a. Inherited Behavior
experience lack of sleep and loss of appetite b. Inborn Behavior
and becomes emotionally unhealthy. c. Learned Behavior
a. Psychogenic d. both a and b
b. Psychoneurosis
c. Psychosomatic
d. Psychoticism TYPES OF HUMAN BEHAVIOR
16. It is a form of mental disorder resulting  inborn / inherited – present at birth

from the degeneration or disorder of the brain (crying, sucking of nipples, breathing, smiling)
characterized by general mental weakness,  learned / operant – product of
forgetfulness, loss and coherence and total experience and practice
inability to reason but not accompanied by  overt – visible
delusion or uncontrollable impulse.  covert – hidden
a. Dementia  voluntary – controllable (on/off)
b. Hallucination  involuntary – uncontrollable
c. Mania (automatic)
d. Melancholia  conscious – aware
 unconscious – unaware (ex.

Somnambulism) c. ego
 simple – one act at a time d. Superego
 complex – 2 or more acts at the same
time  id – pleasure principle
 instinctive – necessary for survival  superego – conscience
 habitual – repetitive  alters – other personalities inside a
 symbolic – images, signs, objects person suffering from multiple personality
(split)
24. It is a behavior pattern where an  psychoanalytical theory ➔ Sigmund
individual return to a state of form Freud
adjustment (childish) and attempt to
experience them again in memory. 28. What is the process of interpreting our
a. phobia behavior in ways to make it more acceptable to
b. anger the self usually with the use of good reasons
c. frustration and alibi to substitute for real cause?
d. regression *1000STARS
a. projection
 *phobia – exaggerated fear b. sublimation
 *frustration – feeling brought by c. rationalization
inability to achieve goal d. Compensation
25. Defense mechanisms are used to shield 29. Conflicts and their behavioral outcomes
one’s self from _____. are classified as follows, EXCEPT:
a. anger a. avoidance-approach
b. fear b. avoidance-avoidance
c. pleasure c. approach-avoidance
d. pain d. approach-approach
DEFENSE MECHANISMS  conflict – 2 or more events, motivation,

goals which are incompatible with one another.
 anger ➔ object = displacement  Applied in Jollibee and Mcdo as a branch
 anger ➔ accepted channel = manager = both of them hired you (win – win
sublimation conflict + + )
 anger ➔ forget = repression  Approach – approach conflict – both are
positive
 failure ➔ alibi, justification, excuses =  Job Interview Job abroad (+ -)
rationalization  Board Examination (+ -)
 failure ➔ focus on something that you  Approach – avoidance – there is positive
can excel = compensation pain ➔ and negative The doctor asked you to choose
daydreaming = fantasy between your wife and the baby
 pain/anger ➔ rejecting the truth =  Avoidance avoidance – both are negative
denial
26. Human behavior is man’s response to 30. Manny, angry at his girlfriend, boxed a
the interpretation of the ______ from within nearby tree manifests what particular defense
the person or from his environment. mechanism? **1000STARS
a. stimulus a. repression
b. action b. sublimation
c. perception c. displacement
d. inclination d. projection
JAMES – LANGE THEORY 31. An uncontrollable, morbid propensity

to steal or pathological stealing.
 Step 1 – stimulus – action producing a. kleptomania
agent b. pyromania
 Step 2 – sensation – senses c. phobia
 C – cutaneous - touch d. Dipsomania
 A – auditory – hearing
 V – visual – sight  *pyromania – excessive desire to set
 O – olfactory – smell fire
 G – gustatory – taste  *dipsomania – excessive urge to drink
 Step 3 – perception – knowledge of a liquor
given stimulus.  *nymphomania – excessive sexual
 Step 4 – response – reaction urge of women
 Step 5 – awareness – interpretation of  *monomania – love being alone
past experience (memory)  *arithmomania – desire to count
everything.
27. This personality system controls the
gateway to action.
32. This type of conflict occurs when there is
a. alter ego
an attraction (+) to an object or state of
b. Id
affairs at the same time repulsion (-) towards

something associated with it. 40. This type of conflict occurs when there
a. avoidance-avoidance are two desirable but mutually exclusive
b. approach-approach goals.
c. approach-avoidance a. avoidance-avoidance
d. multiple b. approach-approach
c. approach-avoidance
33. This is the process of excluding from d. multiple
the consciousness a thought or feeling that
causes pain, shame or guilt. 41. This type of conflict when there are two
a. identification courses of action, each of which has both
b. regression - to go back (to something) pleasant (+) and unpleasant (-)
c. repression consequences.
d. fixation a. avoidance-avoidance
b. approach-approach
c. approach-avoidance
 identification – join groups with similar
d. multiple
interest to boost confidence
34. This is an attempt to disguise or cover-

42. This is an excessive, irrational and
up felt deficiencies or undesirable traits by
uncontrollable fear of a perfectly natural
emphasizing a desirable type of behavior.
situation or object.
a. rationalization
b. sublimation a. melancholia
b. phobia
c. compensation
c. exaltation
d. projection
d. Mania
35. Kadyo Tero, a B.S. Criminology student,
after tasting an unripe mango grimaced. This  *uncontrollable desire – mania /
sensation is said to be: compulsion
a. olfactory -smell  *excessive sadness – melancholia /
b. Auditory -hearing depression
c. cutaneous -touch  *exaltation – feeling of grandiosity
d. gustatory (hero, god, power)
36. This is a serious mental and 43. It is characterized by anxiety, depression

emotional disorder that is a manifestation of and phobia.
withdrawal from reality. a. a. psychoses
a. Neurosis b. b. neuroses
b. Depression c. c. abnormality
c. Psychosis d. d. Psychopathy
d. Anxiety
 *hallucination, illusion, delusion –
 Mild mental disorder – neurosis psychosis
 Excessive worry – anxiety  *cold, brutal, no remorse, no conscience
 Melancholia – depression – psychopath
37. This occurs when goal achievement is 44. Hydrophobia is fear of ________.
blocked. a. Water – aquaphobia
a. frustration b. Darkness – nyctophobia
b. conflict c. Snakes – ophidio phobia
c. anxiety d. deep water
d. Depression
 specific answer – thalassophobia
38. The aggregate observable responses of
an organism to internal and external 45. A distortion in reality such as delusion,
stimuli. hallucination and regression.
a. human behavior a. psychosis
b. behavior b. neurosis
c. personality c. abnormality
d. attribute d. psychopathy
39. The process by which behavior changes 46. A transmission of physical

as a result of experience or practice. characteristics, mental traits, tendency to
a. actualization disease, etc. from parents to offspring.
b. learning **1000stars**
c. thinking a. heredity
d. feeling b. environment
c. inheritance
 Self-actualization – highest form of d. Introvert
need according Abraham Maslow
 *introvert – loner, less sociable,

schizoid d. Cesare Lombroso – atavism; member of
 *extrovert – outgoing, thrill, adventure, the holy tree; born criminal
sociable
 *ambivert – balanced intro and extro 54. Coping mechanism is the way people
react to __________.
47. Drug addicts and alcoholics may a. Fear
deny that they have problems. This is a b. anxiety
manifestation of what type of defense c. Frustration
mechanism? d. Anger
a. Fantasy
b. sublimation Types of Coping Mechanism
c. Denial  Fight – direct approach – look solution
d. Displacement  Flight – withdrawal; giving up; suicide
 Detour – look for alternatives
48. Kenneth Totnak, a B.S. Criminology  Defense mechanism – most tolerated
student in the evening session, blames his way in handling frustration
poor performance in the preliminary  Frustration tolerance – ability to
examination to his professor rather than his withstand frustration.
lack of preparation. This is an example of
what type of defense mechanism? 55. It can be seen among people who
a. Reaction formation handle their problems in a very objective way.
b. displacement a. Coping Mechanism
c. Sublimation b. Direct Approach – fight
d. Rationalization – excuses, alibi, c. Detour – looking for alternative
justification d. Withdrawal – flight
49. Ms. Pining Garcia, frustrated on her

boyfriend when she saw the latter kissing 56. The most tolerated way of handling
another girl, cries. This is an example of what frustration.
defense mechanism? a. Defense Mechanism
a. Regression b. Direct Approach – fight
b. Suppression c. Detour – alternatives
c. Repression d. Withdrawal – flight
d. Displacement
Defense Mechanism – safety valve in case of
50. Texting while driving is an example of fear and frustration
what classification of human behavior?
a. Habitual 57. A type of defense mechanism whereby a
b. symbolic person concentrates in area where he can
c. Instinctive excel.
d. Complex a. Displacement
b. compensation
Texting + driving = death
c. Rationalization
51. It refers to the person’s knowledge of d. Fantasy
a given stimulus which largely helps to
determine the actual behavioral response in a 58. What type of defense mechanism is
given situation. manifested by Pining Garcia when he joined
a. Perception the fraternity, Alpha Phi Chupapi, because of
b. Awareness – interpretation of past low self-esteem?
experiences (memory) a. Identification
c. Sensation – senses b. projection
d. Learning – change of behavior as a c. Fantasy – day dreaming
product of experience d. Regression – being childish
 false perception – hallucination 59. This refers to an action-producing agent:

 false interpretation – illusion **1000stars**
 alse belief – delusion a. Motives – “motivation” – pushing power
b. Drives – achievement of satisfaction
52. A person who is a balanced introvert c. Stimulus
and extrovert is said to be: d. Sensation – “senses” – receptor
a. Psychotic
b. ambivert 60. Human actions in relation to events
c. Neurotic taking place inside the body such as the brain
d. angry bird and the nervous system is known as:
a. Neurological
53. He is known as the “Father of b. psychological
Psychoanalysis”. c. Cognitive
a. Tom Cruise d. Humanistic
b. Gina Ferrero-Lombroso
c. Sigmund Freud

Views on Human Behavior b. assassination
c. sabotage
 Neurological – behavior is a product of d. bombing
a working brain and nervous system.  all of the remaining options are tactics of
 Humanistic – behavior is focused on terrorism
experiences and goals
 Behavioral – behavior must be overt Follow up Question – what is considered as
 Psychoanalytical – level of aggressive the oldest terrorist tactic? Answer –
impulses (id, ego, superego) assassination (CDI: Excellent Cadaver)
 Cognitive – learning process / brain
Follow up Question – what is the most
process
common tactic? Answer – Bombing
61. A child who is always brushing his
68. It is characterized by infantile level of
teeth after eating manifests what particular
classification of human behavior? response, lack of conscience, deficient feeling
of affection to others and aggression to
a. Habitual
environment and other people.
b. complex
a. schizophrenic personality
c. Instinctive b. psychopathic personality
d. Symbolic c. compulsive neurosis – “mania”
d. neurotic personality
62. Displaying the diplomas and graduation
awards signify one’s academic achievement. 69. Which of the following is not a common
This classification of human behavior is known
tactic in terrorism?
as: a. robbery
a. Habitual – repetitive b. bombing
b. Complex – 2 or more acts at the same c. hijacking
time d. kidnapping
c. Instinctive – necessary for survival
d. symbolic 70. This is an abnormal mental condition
whereby a person performs an act while
63. Mathematical ability and English sleeping.
communication skills are examples of what a. somnambulism
type of human behavior? b. mesmerism
a. Learned c. somnolencia
b. inborn d. delirium
c. Operant
d. both a and c *sleep talking & sleep walking
*learned and operant is the same 71. Animals are used for the achievement of
sexual excitation and gratification.
64. Eating when you are hungry is an a. voyeurism
example of _______ behavior. b. fetishism
a. Habitual c. pedophilia
b. complex d. bestiality
c. Instinctive – necessary for survival
d. Symbolic
 *bestosexual; Zoophilia
65. It is the ability to withstand  *voyeurism – watching a nude man or
frustration without developing inadequate woman
modes of response such as being emotionally  *scoptophilia/ scopophilia –
depressed or irritated, becoming neurotic, or watching a private sex act of others
becoming aggressive.  *fetishism – getting sexual excitation
a. Frustration Tolerance
thru objects
b. Frustration Shield
c. Frustration Flexibility 72. A person suffers from _____ when he
d. all the above developed a maladaptive behavior in his
childhood as a result of an external influence
66. Mr. Six Footer, an aspiring PNP that later on becomes a part of his lifestyle and
applicant, turned up applying into the Armed which he uses to relate to the world around
Forces of the Philippines when he failed in the him.
initial height and weight measurement stage a. personality disorder
because he was under height. This is an b. abnormal behavior
example of: c. personality behavior
a. Sublimation d. abnormal personality
b. repression
c. Substitution  during childhood, a child
d. Withdrawal experienced drowning? = thalasophobia,
hydrophobia
67. Which of the following items does not
belong to the group?  during childhood a child was
a. prostitution sexually molested? = philophobia or

nymphomania d. need exhibition
73. These are priorities in a hostage taking 79. A person has _____ when he/she has
situation EXCEPT, painful memories associated with some
a. Preservation of life shocking experience which are repressed and
b. Arrest of hostage taker cannot be recalled.
c. recover and protect property a. anxiety
d. involve the media b. delusions
c. amnesia
 *ultimate goal of crisis d. phobia – fear
management – SALVARI VITAS – “to save
lives”  Latin – Amnestia – to forget
74. Containment in a hostage taking
3 types of amnesia
situation refers to:
a. a. police handling of the situation
 Retrograde – forgot all in the past
b. negotiation
 Anterograde – forgot something that
c. contact
has just occurred
d. control of area and people
 Localize / Selective – forgot part of
the past
 *other options: crowd control
 *1st option / 1st step
80. The first step in hostage taking crisis is:
 *last option – assault / attack with
a. crowd control
precision
b. negotiation
c. assault – last option
75. The cardinal rule to follow in a hostage
d. traffic control
taking situation is,
a. a. commanders should not
negotiate, negotiators should not 81. Antonio, a funeral parlor attendant takes
command place pleasure in imagining having sexual
relations with newly dead young female bodies
b. open the communication at once
who were victims of suicides or vehicular
c. negotiate
accidents. What sexual deviant act did
d. ask for demands
Antonio commit?
a. necrophilia – sexual attraction or act of
 *mortal sin in hostage taking having sexual intercourse with corpse
negotiation = saying no to the hostage taker b. rape – having carnal knowledge thru
force, violence, threat or intimidation,
76. When both hostage and hostage taker unconscious or deprived of reason
develop a mutual feeling of sympathy, c. incest – sexual relation with a blood
understanding, and other shared stand on related person
issues, leading them to become enemies of the d. none
State, this turn referred to as,
a. Stockholm Syndrome **Note: Kapag ganito ang tanong “What
b. Confrontation behavior did he possess?”
c. Negotiation ANSWER: NONE
d. familiarization
Why? – according to Behavioral View, ang
behavior dapat OVERT, OBSERVABLE,
3 Unique Syndromes in Hostage Taking NAKIKITA
o Stockholm Syndrome (Stockholm, Ano ba ginawa ng lalaki sa situation?

Sweden) – the hostages expressed sympathy NAG-IMAGINE
over the hostage takers
o Lima Syndrome (Lima, Peru) – the 82. The most important person in a hostage
hostage takers expressed kindness and situation:
sympathy over the hostages. a. negotiator
o London Syndrome – the hostages are b. hostage taker – captors / abductors
hostile to the hostage takers (Arturito) c. commander
d. hostage
77. Motivation is classified under 28 needs.
The need to assault or injure is:
a. need deference  *other options – captives
b. need aggression
c. need recognition 83. A group of bank robbers barricaded
d. need order themselves inside the bank together with their
hostages; their demand is geared towards:
78. The need to influence or control others a. revenge
is: b. economic gain
a. need order c. escape
b. need dominance d. vindication
c. need achievement

5 Types of Hostage Takers (C-4P) 87. A morbid insanity characterized by a
deep and morbid sense of religious
 C – common criminals – personal gain feeling.
and personal interest a. mania
 P – person in crisis – prolonged b. mania fanatica
problem and frustration c. delusion
 P – prisoners – escape or better d. legal insanity
treatment
 P – political terrorist – political goal or
ideology
 P – psychotics – mental disorder 88. This is impairment in desire for
sexual gratification in the male or female or
an inability to achieve it.
Follow up Question – easiest to negotiate? a. masturbation
Answer – common criminals b. prostitution
c. exhibitionism
d. frigidity
Follow up Question – hardest to negotiate?
Sexual Organ Abnormalities
Answer – terrorist
Males
84. In hostage situation, non-verbal
communication which indicates openness and  Erectile dysfunction – failure to erect
willingness to listen can be shown by:  Pre-mature ejaculation – easy or fast
a. a posture of folded arms in a dominant orgasm
position  Retarded Ejaculation – takes too long
b. calmly repeating words of comfort and to ejaculate
assurance
c. by not attempting to trick or lie Female
d. keeping arms open and with a
 Orgasmic dysfunction – failure to
gesture that you are willing to negotiate
reach orgasm
 Arousal insufficiency / frigidity –
85. It is referred to as sexual gratification by
“dry”; failure to release natural lubricant,
watching nude woman or man.
numbness.
a. exhibitionism
 Dyspareunia – painful sex / coitus
b. voyeurism
 Vaginismus – vaginal lock, vaginal
c. transvestitism
spasm
d. fetishism
89. This is any pattern of behavior including
 *exhibitionism – organ public a habitual, preferred, and compelling need
exposure for sexual gratification by any technique,
 *transvestitism – cross dressing other than willing coitus between man and
woman and involving actions that are directly
86. This is a mentally disturbed person who results in genital excite.
is opposed to the principles upon which society a. crime against chastity
is based. b. acts of lasciviousness
a. Anti-social c. sexual deviation
b. Psychopath d. sexual offenses
c. Schizophrenic
d. Sociopath  *other option – paraphilia
e.  *crimes against chastity – includes
adultery, concubinage, seduction, abduction
Differences Psychopath Sociopath and acts of lasciviousness
90. The best approach in negotiating with a

Origin Inborn with Product of Paranoid Schizophrenic hostage taker is:
High IQ experiences / a. to accept their beliefs as being true
Environment b. to try to convince them that their beliefs
are wrong
c. to show them that they are just crazy
Behavior Cold, brutal and Cold, brutal and d. to try to bluff or trick them
vicious vicious
91. The following are reasons, why common
Level of No remorse, no Little criminals are easy to negotiate, except:
Conscience conscience, no conscience, a. fears of police assault and punishment
(yes)
sense of guilt little remorse b. criminals are usually rational thinkers
(yes)
Examples Texas Chainsaw Theodore c. they are familiar with police operations
Massacre Bagwell and tactics (yes)
d. their ultimate desire is to surrender

92. In the field of terrorism, the most fake blindness
common tactic used is_____?
a. Kidnapping 97. In general, hostage takers are
b. Bombing emotionally tense, when trapped expand a
c. Assassination great deal of emotional physical and psychic
d. Extortion energy, hence:
a. swift and precise attack will be one
advantage for the authorities
 *oldest tactic – assassination b. shortening the time will pressed him to
surrender
93. A personality disorder characterized by c. prolonging the passage of time
suspiciousness, hypersensitivity, envy, shall wear them down
excessive self important, and d. aggravating their stress will lead them
argumentativeness, plus a tendency to blame to surrender.
others for one’s own mistakes and failure and 98. Considered as a “mortal sin” in hostage
to ascribe evil motives to others. situation.
A. Paranoid Personality a. giving all the demands of the hostage
B. Dependent Personality taker
b. acting that would prejudice the lives of
C. Schizoid Personality
the hostages
D. Borderline Personality
c. deceiving and bluffing the hostage taker
d. saying “no” to the demands of the
Types of Paranoia hostage taker
o Persecutory paranoia – feel like
99. They serve as stimuli-producing action
always blamed
that satisfies a need:
o Litigious paranoia – always resort in a. interest
filing of cases b. perception
o Jealous paranoia – irrational jealousy c. motives
o Erotic Paranoia – “GGSS” d. drives
o Exalted Paranoia – feel like you are a
hero or god. 100. It is an effective planning, formulation of
an effective plan, policies, procedures and
94. A personality disorder characterized by techniques in dealing with sudden violent act of
an inability to form social relationships terrorist and natural disasters.
and can be classified as “loners”. a. Crisis management
A. Paranoid Personality - b. stress mgt.
oversuspiciousness c. hostage negotiation
B. Schizoid Personality d. political analysis
C. Dependent Personality – no self reliance
D. Borderline Personality – drastic mood
shift crisis management – consolidation and
utilization of all available resources to quell and
*Bipolar – aggressive / violent mood shift prevent the disastrous effect of crisis.
101. Last option in hostage crisis:

95. A personality disorder characterized by a. crowd control
instability, reflected in dramatic mood
b. negotiation
shifts and behavior problems. Such individuals
c. traffic control
are frequently described as impulsive and
d. assault
unpredictable.
a. A. Borderline Personality
b. Compulsive Personality – “mania” – Follow up Question – who are tasked in
uncontrollable desire executing the assault = tactical team
c. Passive-aggressive Personality – hostile
and stubborn 102. A hostage taker is characteristically all of
d. Anti-social Personality – cold, brutal, no these, EXCEPT
remorse, no sense of guilt (psychopaths) a. a. mental derange
b. b. suffers severe depression and mental
aberration
96. When the disorder is characterized by c. sociopath personality
chronic mental and physical fatigue and by d. mental balance
various aches and pains, it is considered as:
a. Anxiety Disorder
b. Somatoform Disorder – 103. These are not negotiable in a hostage
psychosomatic pain disorder taking situation:
c. Dissociative Disorder a. guns and ammunition
d. Amnesia b. drinks
c. foods
2 FORMS OF SOMATOFORMS d. all of the choices
 Hypochondriasis – overreacting to
simple illness Types of Demands
 Conversion disorder – fake diseases,

 Negotiable demands – food, water, d. because of political and ideological belief
money, toys, cigarettes, media exposure, – “political terrorist”
family, alcohol
 Non – Negotiable demands – 108. In psychoanalytic theory, the
aircraft, release of prisoners, explosives, illegal unconscious wish for death is called;
drugs, person. a. eros – love & sex
b. animus
Follow up Question – what If the hostage c. thanatos
takers asked for non negotiable demand? d. lupus
Answer – talk to him and delay the
moment / prolong the time 109. In a crisis management, there is no
other purpose but “SALVARI VITAS” , which
104. One of the following is not a terrorist means:
tactics: a. the truth will prevail
a. bombing b. kill the hostage-taker
b. assassination c. to save lives
c. hostage-taking d. save the host
d. media exposure
110. When a highly trained and motivated
105. This is an assault team responsible in group of hostage takers asked non-negotiable
carrying out assault operation whenever demands, they were left with three options: (1)
negotiation fails. choose martyrdom, kill the hostages and
a. medical team commit suicide; (2) lessen demands to a more
b. tactical team realistic proportions; and (3) surrender. If they
c. negotiation team choose martyrdom and kill hostages, the
d. snipers useful action is:
a. attack them swiftly with precision
*assault is the last resort / option b. withhold the media from the terrorist
c. give all their demands
106. It is any incident in which people are d. let the hostages killed
being held by another person or persons
against their will, usually by force or
111. In hostage negotiation, if the hostage
coercion, and demands are being made by
taker demands an airplane/helicopter, what
the perpetrator.
will you do?
a. kidnapping
a. go to your ground commander
b. crisis management
b. give it with consent
c. c. hostage incident
c. talk to him and delay the moment
d. abduction
d. assault and kill him immediately
DIFFERENCES HOSTAGE KIDNAPPING 112. Considered to be the oldest tactic in

TAKING terrorism:
a. a. Prostitution
Line of Personal Electronic b. b. Bombing
c. c. Assassination
communication negotiation means d. d. Kidnapping
Point of “demands” - “ransom” –  *most common tactic – bombing

exchange anything financial gain  *primary ingredient of a bomb? TNT –
trinitro toluene
Location of Known unknown
113. These are important in a hostage taking
victim
situation, EXCEPT:
a. Presence of linguist negotiator
Similarities Deprivation of liberty (important)
b. Considerable screening of all members
Similarities Kidnapping / serious illegal c. Dry run or constant practice
detention d. Inclusion of the media people in the
negotiation
114. It is the position from which a unit

 *Abduction – taking of a woman from commander and his staff exercise command
her usual place of stay with the intent to over the hostage incident.
corrupt (lewd design) a. a. command post
b. outer perimeter
107. “Persons in crisis” are those hostage c. inner perimeter
takers who take hostages: d. command headquarters
a. by reason of mental illness – psychotics”
b. by reason of prolonged frustration, Follow up Question– command post is
despair and problems located in _______? Answer – outer
c. for personal reason – “common perimeter
criminals”

115. It is an assault team responsible in c. Variable – topic of the research
carrying out assault operation whenever d. Parameter
negotiation fails.
a. Negotiation Team 122. Select an internal force of the
b. Medical Team psychoanalytic theory which states that all
c. Tactical Team form the psychodynamic approach that views
d. Response Team humans as biologically driven when they
want it unless they are held in check by
internal and external force
116. Which of the following is considered a. Behavior
least among terroristic tactic? b. Heredity – transmission of trait from
a. noise barrage – rally parents to offspring
b. assassination c. Conscience – superego
c. bombing d. Personality
d. kidnapping
123. What internal processes are used to
117. The highest ranking field commander explain human behavior which social learn
should not also be the chief negotiator great emphasis on cognitive (brain process)
because: processes?
a. hostage takers will be afraid a. Creating and thinking
b. he is not authorized to grant concessions b. Understanding and remembering
c. conflict of interest as mediator and c. Analyzing and understanding
decision maker d. Thinking and remember
d. hostage takers will not trust him
124. Which refers to self-focused attention
118. What is known to be the oldest but toward one’s thoughts and feel
commonly used terrorist tactic where target a. Depression – excessive sadness /
are often police, military officials or melancholia
political figures? b. Aggression – violence towards person or
a. Hijacking object
b. Ambush c. Rumination
c. Assassination d. Frustration – feeling of inability to
d. Kidnap for Ransom achieve goals
119. The stage of advance planning, 125. Which are the manifestations of overt
organization and coordination and control in aggression (visible aggression)?
response to an anticipated future crisis a. Direct confrontation with victims,
occurrence is called generally decreases with age
a. Proactive Crisis Management b. A hostile act displayed in response to a
b. Reactive Crisis Management perceived threat or provocation
c. Performance Stage c. Is unprovoked, deliberate, goal-
d. Reaction Phase directed behavior used to influence of
coerce
d. Concealment dishonesty, sneaky
 2 Phases Crisis Management
behavior increases with age. (Covert)
Proactive – “4P’s”
 Overt – visible , observable
 P – plan  Covert – hidden, nonvisible
 P- prepare
 P - predict 126. Which refers to a condition when
 P -prevent psychopaths demonstrate normal appraisal
and situations in the abstract (like verbal
Reactive – “P” – perform during the crisis discussion), but they are deficient in using
guide their judgments and behavior in the
120. A comprehensive plan which process of living?
delineates responsibilities and specific action to a. Hemisphere asymmetry
be taken when a bomb incident or bomb b. Brain imbalance
threat occurs is called ____ c. Cerebral asymmetry
a. Floor plan d. Emotional paradox – symptom of
b. Bomb threat plan psychopathy
c. Drill – dry run / practice
a. Contingency plan – emergency plain  Who is the designated CHAIRMAN of the
during disaster Anti-Terrorism Council (ATC) of the
Philippines? the Executive Secretary – bonus
121. Which refers to a feature that can be

focused on separately but that cannot be useful 127. Which of the following is characterized
without also considering other features? by emotional disturbances (neurosis –
a. Limitation – place and time when the anxiety, depression) that may lead to many
research will held illnesses?
b. Dimension – focus of the research a. Abnormal

b. Environmental – occasional law breaker everything
c. Psychiatric  Trichotillomania – desire to pull and
d. Emotionally maladjusted eat the hair / nails
 Nymphomania – excessive desire for
sexual activities for women.
128. This refers to an Ego state characterized 134. It is a model when the father is the
by being protective, idealistic, evaluative, chief executive officer and the mother is the
and righteous and always referring to laws, operating officer that implements the father’s
rules and reasonable human being. policy and manages the staff (children) which
a. Adult Ego – realistic and matured in turn have privileges and responsibilities
b. Alter Ego – alternative person in a based on their seniority.
multiple personality disease a. The boarding school model
c. Child Ego - selfish and pure of pleasure b. The corporate model
d. Parent Ego c. The military model
d. The team model
129. It is an inappropriately exaggerated
mood and marked change in activity level 135. It is when the father is the general, the
with associated thought disorder. A. Affective mother is the guard duty with a special
Reaction assignment to the nurse corps when needed
and the kids are the grunts.
B. Involutional Reaction
a. The corporate mode
C. Manic-Depressive Reaction – panic b. The military model
attack c. The team model
d. The theatrical model
D. Schizophrenic Reaction
136. This stage of sexual interest is
130. These are bizarre behaviour, relatively inactive.
disturbances of thought and reality testing, a. Anal Stage – focused on the anus and
emotional withdrawal; and varying levels vowel movement (2-3)
of psychotic thinking and behaviour. b. Genital Stage – matured sexual behavior
a. Affective Reaction (puberty to adulthood)
b. Involutional Reaction c. Latency Stage – weak sexuality (6 –
c. Manic-Depressive Reaction puberty)
d. Schizophrenic Reaction d. Phallic Stage – the sensitivity is on the
e. genital (3-6)
131. It has no rational basis seems to  Boy – lust ➔ mother = eodipus
indicate that the individual is confused the complex
psychoses frequently results to  Girl – lust ➔ father = electra complex
a. hallucinations or delusions.  Theory – Psychosexual Development
b. Disruptive Behavior  *Author : Sigmund Freud
c. Impaired Functioning – blind, deaf, mut  *Oral Stage – focused on the mouth /
d. Long Periods of Discomfort sucking / swallowing
132. It is a kind of disorder characterized by 137. This theory states that people feel
fears, phobias, and the person suffering from emotion first and then act upon them.
his has no physical difficulty, but may a. Cannon-Bard theory (emotion
experience lack of sleep and loss of appetite
before action)
and becomes emotionally unhealthy. b. James-Lange theory (action before
a. Psychogenic
emotion)
b. Psychoneurosis - anxiety,
c. None of the above
depression, phobia, mania, obsession
d. Two Factor theories
c. Psychosomatic
d. Psychoticism
138. All are types of dysfunctions of
orgasm (sexual pleasure), EXCEPT:
133. It is a form of mental disorder resulting
a. Female Orgasmic disorder – orgasmic
from the degeneration or disorder of the brain
dysfunction
characterized by general mental weakness,
b. Male erectile disorder – failure
forgetfulness, loss and coherence and
erect
total inability to reason but not
c. Male Orgasmic disorder – retarded
accompanied by delusion or uncontrollable
ejaculation
impulse.
d. Premature ejaculation – very fast to
a. Dementia – breakdown of brain /
ejaculation
brain decomposition
b. Hallucination – false perception
139. It is an opposite of Stockholm
c. Mania – uncontrollable desire
syndrome in which abductors develop
“compulsion”
sympathy to their hostage leading to
d. Melancholia – depression
hostage’s release. **1000STARS
a. Alcohol Syndrome – palahubog
 Dipsomania – desire for liquor b. Lima Syndrome
 Pyromania – desire for fire c. London Syndrome
 Arithmomania – desire to count

d. Stockholm Syndrome b. Applied Research
c. Dogmatic principles
d. Pragmatic Principles
140. Rico Peraluho has been accused of
committing the crime of serious physical
injuries. He was already arraigned and has 2. Which characteristic of research deals
been duly notified by the court that the trial will with facts and not with mere opinions arising,
be within the fifteen days so that he can have assumptions, generalizations, predictions or
reasonable time to prepare himself in the trial. conclusions?
But unfortunately his wife has been a. Accuracy
involved in an accident which requires b. Clarity
Rico Peraluho to be absent during the c. Relevance
trial. Can the court proceed to trial?
d. Objectivity
a. No, since it would be unscontitutional on
the part of Rico Peraluho
b. No, since that Rico Peraluho presence is 3. Patrolman Dan de la Cruz is assigned
needed in order that he can defend himself in with the PNP Human Resource and Doctrine
the court of law. Development and He was tasked to determine
c. Yes , because Rico Peraluho has the schooling of choice of newly graduated
already been arraigned, and was notified recruits using collegiate course and gender. For
by the court and his absence is this purpose, he used explanatory research
justifiable. because
d. Yes, since the court takes no regard on a. it shows relationships or connectedness
Rico Peraluho because he was already between two variables
arraigned. b. it analyzes data collected by others
c. it focuses on the reasons behind the
Note: trial in absentia occurrence of something and on the pre
effects of such happening
2 Proceedings that requires the presence d. it aims to define or give verbal portrayal
of the Accused or picture of a person, a thing, and situation
(Descriptive Research)
 arraignment – formal reading of
charges (reading of information) – after 4. Rudy's research problem is about the
arraignment is PLEA relationship between the different collection
 promulgation of judgment newly recruited members of the PNP and their
Individual Performance Rating. To targeted the
141. Victa Hemenez has this behaviour that four semestral ratings of his population sample.
anything that she desires, she will Which is an attribute problem that he violated,
instantaneously steal it (KLEPTOMANIA). One if any?
time, when she saw a cell phone, when she had a. The problem should have relation
the chance she put it in her bag because she between two or more variables.
cannot resist from doing so. She felt impulse to b. The problem should be clearly and
steal the cellphone. According to the rules in unambiguously stated in question for
criminal intelligence, this is known in … c. The problem should be doable
a. a. Durham Rule – TEST FOR INSANITY within the time frame and budget.
(psychiatrist) d. The problem should be amenable to
b. Exemption Rule empirical testing.
c. Insanity Rule
d. McNaughton Rule – INSANITY IS 5. Select the statistical methodology where
AN the researcher calculates the mean, median and
mode.
EXEMPTING CIRCUMSTANCE a. Inferential Statistics
Note: the burden of proof will transfer to the b. Survey
accused in case that he is using an exempting c. Descriptive Statistics
circumstance d. Arithmetic
142. This person according to the categories 6. Which of the following is the importance
of abnormal behaviour is apparently of timely reporting of crime statistics?
uncontrollable and impulsive which is a. It deters persons from committing
characterized by severe psychological crimes.
disorder b. It is easy to process and store in digital
a. a. Bizarre behaviour format.
b. Disruptive c. It determines whether the
c. Impaired functioning increases in crime volume were unique to
d. None of these their own areas or they are part of a
broader national pattern and trend.
RESEARCH d. It will improve the image of the locality.
1. It implies that the scientific method 7. Which is the part of a research

should be used in the study of criminology to consisting of a short phrase or sentence that
make it credible and it refers to what? gives information a description of the things
**1000STARS** which are the focus of the study?
a. Verified Principles a. Introduction

b. Methodology c. Holistic Research
c. Abstract d. Pure Research
d. Title
The holistic approach begins with the total
situation, focusing attention on the system
8. It is a type of research which has this first and then on its internal relationships.
purpose of determining the future operation
of the variables under investigation with the aim 15. It is a comprehensive detailed, in depth
of controlling or redirecting such for the better. or complete analysis of an individual, institution,
A. Descriptive Research group or community.
B. Predictive Research a. Case Study
b. Interview
C. Pure Research c. Questionnaire
d. Survey
D. Quantitative Research
16. It is the “assumed effect” of another
variable. It is the change that occurs in the
9. It is an inference that is formulated and study population when one or more factors are
provisionally adapted to explain observe facts of changed or when an intervention is introduced.
condition and to guide its further investigation. a. Antecedent Variable
b. Dependent Variable
A. Assumptions
c. Independent Variable
B. Hypothesis d. Intervening Variable
C. Problem 17. It is the use of appropriate or ideal

design helps minimize possible errors. It is
D. Statement of the Problem important therefore, that technical aspects be
given serious consideration.
a. Critical Issues
10. It is a characteristic which is found b. Ethical Issues
before (ante) the independent variable. It is c. Practical and Administrative Issues
expected to influence the independent d. Technical Issues
variable/s it is usually irreversible.
a. Antecedent Variable 18. These ties together the major findings
b. Dependent Variable to the studies reviewed. It represents a general
c. Independent Variable picture of what has been known or thought of
d. Intervening Variable about the problem to date. it points out similar
results, as well as conflicting findings.
11. It is an assumed cause of a problem it is a. Body
an assumed reason for any changes or variation b. Conclusion
in a dependent variable. c. Introduction
a. Antecedent Variable d. Summary/Synthesis
c. Independent Variable 19. The major variables of the study should
d. Intervening Variable be measurable and should be specified in the
problem statement. The used of ambiguous
terms must be avoided.
12. It contains a detailed description of the a. A research problem must be clear
respondents as to age, sex, marital status, b. A research problem must be ethical
nature of employment? c. A research problem must be feasible
a. Description of the Respondents d. A research problem must be relevant
b. Population Sampling Scheme
c. Research Instrument 20. It is a type of research which attempts
d. Statement of the Problem to describe an existing situation and/or
explanatory certain patterns of behavior using
13. It is a type of research according to the either both qualitative and quantitative research
type of analysis begins with the total situations. techniques.
Focusing attention on the system first of and a. a. Explanatory Research
then on its internal relationships. b. b. Keen Research
**1000STARS&** c. c. Pure Basic Research
a. Analytical Research d. d. Qualitative Research
b. Applied Research
c. Holistic Research
d. Pure Research 21. This refers to the type of research
according to the type of analysis commences
14. It is a type of research according to the with the total situations. Focusing its interest
type of analysis is where the researcher on the system first and then on its internal
attempts to identify and isolate the relationships.
components of the research situation? a. a. Analytical Research
a. Analytical Research b. b. Applied Research
b. Applied Research c. c. Historical Research

d. d. Holistic  *correlational – relationship between
variables
22. It is an objective that relates directly to  *comparative – similarities and
the research problem and states clearly what differences
the researcher will do and expects to find out.  *evaluative – measure performance
a. a. Alternative Hypothesis
b. b. General Objectives -TITLE 27. It is concerned with the acquisition of
c. c. Null Hypothesis new knowledge for the sake of science or
d. d. Specific Objectives the development of the field.
a. pure basic research
23. Which of these frameworks has been b. applied research
emphasized when arguments on how and why c. empirical research
a particular factor can possibly influence d. action research
another are presented?
a. a. Conceptual Framework
b. b. Framework 28. In this classification of research;
c. c. Research Frameworks concepts are assigned numerical value; and
d. d. Theoretical Framework research methods in the social sciences, of
which criminal justice is heir, had followed these
24. Among the types of variables, which of basic philosophical traditions.
this usually the problem itself? a. all of these
b. quantitative research
a. Antecedent Variable
c. none of these
d. qualitative research
c. Independent Variable
d. Intervening Variable
29. This is responsible for new products,
25. It is defined as a careful, systematic new knowledge and new ways of
study of knowledge in the field of undertaking projects.
criminology or criminal justice, undertaken a. Manufacturing
to discover or establish facts of the crimes or b. Developmental
causations of crime. c. Research
a. social science research d. Experiment
b. criminal justice research
c. descriptive research
d. criminological research 30. The first and the most important step in
conducting a research project.
Types of Research a. Determining the appropriate research
 Purely statistics and numbers = method
QUANTITATIVE b. Collection of Data
 Purely words from the respondents = c. Identification of a research problem
QUALITATIVE d. Formulating hypothesis
 Study the current scenario + 5W1H =
DESCRIPTIVE  *Hypothesis – statement of prediction;
 Study of the past events = intelligent guess + = alternative hypothesis =
HISTORICAL null hypothesis
 Study of the future events =
EXPERIMENAL 31. This refers to the overall plan and
 Study specific groups and cause and scheme in conducting the study.
effect = CASE STUDY a. Methods of Research = chapter 3
b. Research Design
26. This finds answer to the questions who,
c. Both A and C
what, when, where and how; this type of
d. None of them
research describes a situation or a given state
of affairs in terms of special aspects or factors.
a. descriptive research  Chapter 1 – introduction
b. historical research  Chapter 2 – review of related literature
c. experimental research and study
d. all of these  Chapter 3 – Methods of Research
 Chapter 4 – Result and Discuss /
presentation of data
 *Action research – create solution to  Chapter 5 – Conclusion and
immediate problem recommendation
 *Exploratory – discover and explore
new ideas *Format = traditional format / APA – American
 *explanatory – give detailed psychological assoc.
explanation
 *pure research – create a new theory 32. A data-gathering instrument or device
or ideas used to determine what is occurring or what
 *applied research – test a theory individuals are doing.
 *developmental research – create a. Interview
new products and process b. Questionnaire
c. Observation

d. Survey  *appendices – additional pages
(curriculum vitae)
33. This is an oral type of questionnaire 40. Is a method of inquiry for the purpose of
to determine the perceptions of the individuals obtaining facts in response to questions.
or groups. a. Manufacturing
a. Interview b. Developmental
b. Questionnaire c. Research
c. Observation d. Experiment
d. Survey
 *research – systematic collection of
34. This uses carefully planned and printed
data to created solution to a problem
items given to respondents in order to elicit
answers to questions of the research.
 ULTIMATE GOAL OF RESEARCH = solve
a. Interview a problem
b. Questionnaire
c. Observation 41. It describes phenomena in words
d. Survey instead of numbers or measures.
a. Qualitative Research - tool -
interview
35. The purpose of this part of research is to b. Quantitative Research – tool – survey
give readers the context (introduce the topic) c. Both A and C
of the present research. d. None of them
a. Introduction – c1  *What is the most common way of
b. Method of Research – c3 making survey = Likert Scale
c. Review of Related Literature – c2
d. Conclusion – c5 42. The ultimate aim of research is –
a. To test a theory
b. To solve a problem
36. These are inferences, deductions, c. To develop new theory or product
abstractions and/or generalizations based d. All of them
on findings.
a. Presentation of Data – c4
43. This is a specific statement of
b. Conclusion – c5
c. Introduction – c1 prediction.
d. Recommendations -c5 a. Setting of the Study
b. Introduction
c. Framework
37. These are addressed to those d. Hypothesis
concerned to help solve the problem,
guided by the research findings. 44. Its purpose is to study intensively the
a. Presentation of Data background, current status, and environmental
b. Conclusion interactions of a given social unit: an
c. Introduction individual, group, institution or
d. Recommendations community.
a. Survey
b. Case Study
38. This part of research must be feasible, c. Ethnographic
logical and valid which may address (solve) d. None of them
the findings of the research.
a. Presentation of Data  *ethnography – tribe, ethnic group,
b. Conclusion tradition, culture
c. Introduction
d. Recommendations 45. This is used in studying the society – its
customs, traditions, behavior and beliefs.
a. Survey
b. Case Study
c. Ethnographic
This highlights the findings without d. None of them
detailed statistical data and analysis.
e. Presentation of Data 46. This section presents the specific
f. Conclusion problems of the study that needs to be
g. Summary stated correctly by way of a precise question
h. Recommendations which demands specific answer.
a. Background of the Study
39. This part of research includes the works- b. Hypothesis of the Study
and only those works-cited in the text. c. Statement of the Problem
a. References d. Theoretical or Conceptual Framework
b. Appendices
c. Bibliography  *research questions, research objectives
d. D. Both A and B
47. In this part of the research, the

researcher outlines theory he wishes to kung paano ginamit sa research)
espouse or verify.
a. Review of Related Literature 54. Setting (place) of the Study in the
b. Methods of Research Traditional Format is similar to this component
c. Theoretical Framework of the IMRAD Format.
d. Introduction a. Paradigm
b. Research Design
 *Diagram; illustration = conceptual c. Research Locale
framework d. None of them
 *flowchart ➔ paradigm / simulacrum
55. Simulacrum in the IMRAD Format is
48. In this part, the researcher reads similar to this part of the Traditional Format.
literature, summarizes the literature, and a. Paradigm
synthesizes the results in relation to the b. Research Design
problem. c. Research Locale
a. Review of Related Literature d. None of them
b. Methods of Research
c. Theoretical Framework 56. The following scientific inquiry may be
d. Introduction useful in criminological research except –
a. Solutions of crimes and criminalities
b. Causation of Crimes
 *literatures – published (books,
magazines, newspapers, internet contents) c. Marketing problems – BSBA
 *studies – unpublished (thesis, d. Crime Prevention
dissertation, researches)
 *plagiarism – copying of other’s work
BONUS QUESTION. Which characteristic of
without proper citation
 *citation – introducing the real creator
research deals with facts and not with mere
of the passage. opinions arising, assumptions, generalizations,
predictions or conclusions?
49. These are unpublished materials such
A. Accuracy – relative to the issue
as manuscripts, theses and dissertations from
the country of origin of the researcher. B. Clarity – simple and specific
a. Foreign Studies
b. Local Studies C. Relevance – directly connected to the issue
c. Foreign Literature
d. Local Literature D. Objectivity – AVOID MAKING OWN
OPINIONS (RESULT MUST BE
50. Is a branch of mathematics that deals SCIENTIFIC)
with the techniques for collecting,
analyzing, and drawing conclusions from 5 Characteristics of Research
data?
a. Geometry  S – simple and specific
b. Algebra  M – measurable
c. Statistics  A – attainable
d. Trigonometry  R – realistic
 T – time bound
51. Research in criminology is focused on –
a. Crime and Criminalities (yes) 57. Patrolman Dan de la Cruz is assigned
b. Criminals and Criminal Behaviors (yes) with the PNP Human Resource and Doctrine
c. Corrections and Treatment (yes) Development (DHRDD) and He was tasked to
d. All of them determine the schooling of choice of newly
graduated recruits using collegiate course
52. Research is not – and gender. For this purpose, he used
a. Responsible for new products, ideas and “explanatory research” (why?) because
a. it shows relationships or connectedness
knowledge
b. A process directed at gathering, between two variables
processing, analyzing and interpreting data b. it analyzes data collected by others
c. it focuses on the reasons behind the
c. Pushes back the dark areas of ignorance
occurrence of something and on the pre
d. Confined only in the science
effects of such happening
laboratory d. it aims to define or give verbal portrayal
or picture of a person, a thing, and situation
53. These are terms that need to be defined (Descriptive Research)
in the study.
a. Universally accepted terms 58. Rudy's research problem is about the
b. Operational Terms relationship between the different
c. Terms defined over dictionaries collection of newly recruited members of
d. None of them the PNP and their Individual Performance
Rating. To targeted the four semestral ratings
 *operation – we need to define the (2 years) of his population sample. Which is an
word depending on how is was used in the attribute problem that he violated, if any?
research (kailangang idefine ang salita depende a. The problem should have relation

between two or more variables. that is formulated and provisionally adapted to
b. The problem should be clearly and explain observe facts of condition and to guide
unambiguously stated in question for its further investigation.
c. The problem should be doable A. Assumptions
within the time frame and budget.
d. The problem should be amenable to B. Hypothesis
empirical testing.
C. Problem
 *Note: Police Performance evaluation =
D. Statement of the Problem
Police Appraisal
 *Note: police performance evaluation is
done every 6 months (2x a year) 1 st – January 64. It is a characteristic which is found
to June; 2nd – July to December before (ante) the independent variable. It
is expected to influence the independent
59. Select the statistical methodology where variable/s it is usually irreversible.
the researcher calculates the mean, median A. Antecedent Variable
and mode.
B. Dependent Variable
a. Inferential Statistics
b. Survey C. Independent Variable
c. Descriptive Statistics
d. Arithmetic D. Intervening Variable
 Mean – average number = 3.33

 Median – middle value = 3 Title: Factors Affecting the Passing of
 Mode – most repeated number = 3 Board Examination
 663333312
 Dependent – passing the board exam

60. Which of the following is the importance (changing)
of timely reporting of crime statistics?  Independent – review techniques
a. It deters persons from committing (reading, writing, answer) (fixed)
crimes.  Antecedent - time, work, family
b. It is easy to process and store in digital problems (affects the independent variable)
format.
c. It determines whether the 65. It is an assumed cause of a problem
increases in crime volume were unique to it is an assumed reason for any changes or
their own areas or they are part of a variation in a dependent variable.
broader national pattern and trend. A. Antecedent Variable
d. It will improve the image of the locality.
B. Dependent Variable – changing
 *Crime Statistics – science of
measuring the level and amount of crime. C. Independent Variable – unchanging
 *father of moral statistics = Adolphe
Quetelet D. Intervening Variable
61. Which is the part of a research 66. It contains a detailed description of

consisting of a short phrase or sentence that the respondents as to age, sex, marital
gives information a description of the things status, nature of employment?
which are the focus of the study? A. Description of the Respondents –
a. Introduction demographic profile
b. Methodology
B. Population Sampling Scheme
c. Abstract
d. Title C. Research Instrument – data gathering tool
 *Abstract – summary of the research (survey & interview)
(preliminary pages)
D. Statement of the Problem – list of research
questions.
62. It is a type of research which has this
purpose of determining the future operation 67. It is a type of research according to the
of the variables under investigation with the type of analysis begins with the total
aim of controlling or redirecting such for the situations. Focusing attention on the system
better first of and then on its internal relationships.
a. Descriptive Research – present A. Analytical Research
b. Predictive Research – experimental
research B. Applied Research
c. Pure Research – make theories C. Holistic Research - research of a total
d. Quantitative Research – numbers and situation
statistics.
D. Pure Research
*study of the past – historical research 68. It is a type of research according to the
type of analysis is where the researcher
63. It is an inference (intelligent guess) attempts to identify and isolate the

components of the research situation? 2. It is the science and art of planning the procedures for
A. Analytical Research conducting studies so as to get the most valid findings.
A. Research design
B. Applied Research
B. Research ethics
C. Holistic Research
D. Pure Research C. Research hypothesis

D. Research question
3. This type of research describes a situation or a given state

 *if we are going to study all of the types of affairs in terms of specified aspects or factors –
drugs = HOLISTIC A. Intervention research
 *if we are going to study a specific type
B. Extensive research
of drug = analytical
C. Correlation research
D. Descriptive research
69. It is a comprehensive detailed, in depth
or complete analysis of an individual, 4. Who is a person that needs accurate information before
institution, group or community. selecting a course of action?
A. Case Study A. A manager
B. Interview – oral questioning B. A decision maker
C. An administrator
C. Questionnaire D. Decision making
D. Survey – printed questionnaire
5. It refers to the principles defining good and bad conduct
70. It is the “assumed effect” of another
that should govern the activities of researchers.
variable. It is the change that occurs in the
A. Research design
study population when one or more factors are
changed or when an intervention is introduced.
a. A. Antecedent Variable – it affects the B. Research ethics
independent variable
b. Dependent Variable – changing C. Research hypothesis
c. Independent Variable – unchanging D. Research question
d. Intervening Variable
6. What research investigates relationships between factors or
variables?
71. It is the use of appropriate or ideal A. Descriptive research
design helps minimize possible errors. It is B. Correlation research
important therefore, that technical aspects be C. Historical research
given serious consideration. D. Experimental research
A. Critical Issues – analyzation
7. What should be formulated in searching keywords or
B. Ethical Issues – the research must respect phrases that are pertinent to the problem or question or
human rights and privileges interest?
A. Indexes
C. Practical and Administrative Issues
B. Search terms
D. Technical Issues C. References
D. Glossary
8. It is the “blueprint” of the study. It guides the collection,

72. These ties together the major findings to the measurement and analysis of data –
studies reviewed. It represents a general picture of A. Research outline
what has been known or thought of about the problem B. Research framework
to date. it points out similar results, as well as C. Research chart
conflicting findings. D. Research Design
A. Body
9. One of the research methods approach is to determine the
B. Conclusion – chapter 5 growth and development of a group, organization or
institution.
C. Introduction
A. Content Analysis
D. Summary/Synthesis B. Survey method
C. Experimental Method
D. Historical Method
1. It is referred to as a systematic and scientific process of
gathering, analyzing, classifying, organizing, presenting and 11. Which of the following steps that is NOT a part of
interpreting data for the solution of a problem. Scientific Method –
A. Problem solving A. Data collection
B. Hypothesis B. Identification of a problem
C. Assumption C. Drawing of conclusion
D. Research D. Information Dissemination

12. It may be a question about the unknown characteristics of
a population or about factors that explain the presence or 21. A kind of research with the goal of developing the
occurrence of a phenomenon. theories and principles
A. Problem A. Pure
B. Analysis Problem B. Applied
C. Research Problem C. Analytical
D. Critical Problem D. Holistic
13. A kind of research with the purpose of determining the 22. A kind of research with the goal of applying the results by
future operation of the variables under investigation. testing the efficacy of the theories and principles.
A. Illuminative A. Analytical
B. Holistic
B. Directive C. Pure
D. Applied
C. Predictive/Prognostic
D. Phenomenological 23. A category of research according to the level of
investigation that studies the variables pertinent to a specific
14. In defining the research problem, what is the important situation.
thing for the researcher to present for the conduct of the A. Experimental
study? B. Discipline
A. Valid ID C. Exploratory
B. Certificate D. Applied
C. Valid justification
D. Present relevant data 24. It is usually used when the intention of the researcher is
to ascertain the quality of message or information found in a
15. This type of research attempts to explain possible factors document or in mass media.
related to problems which have been observed in a A. Content Analysis
descriptive study. B. Survey method
A. Explanatory research C. Experimental Method
B. Exploratory research D. Historical Method
C. Descriptive research
D. Historical Research 25. Also called the research hypothesis, is the positive form of
the form of the null hypothesis.
A. Alternative Hypothesis
16. The most common types of sources of information for a B. Null hypothesis
research problem are, EXCEPT: C. Research Hypothesis
A. General reference D. Hypothesis
B. Primary sources
C. Secondary sources 26. A category of research that studies the relationship of the
D. Glossary variables.
A. Applied
17. A type of source which shows where to locate other B. Exploratory
sources of information related to a certain topic. C. Descriptive
A. Glossary D. Experimental
B. General reference
C. Primary sources
D. Secondary sources
18. One of the research methods that obtain data to 27. It is a theory that explains why a problem under study
determine specific characteristics of a group. exists and explains the connection between certain factors
A. Content Analysis and the problem –
B. Survey method A. Conceptual Framework
C. Interview Method B. Research Framework
D. Observation Method C. Special Framework
D. Theoretical Framework
19. In listing a note or index card the bibliographical data of
the pertinent sources selected it includes the following, 28. Whenever a pretest is given, it may make the examinees
EXCEPT: “test wise,” and this can therefore affect the posttest results –
A. Author of the source A. Selection
B. Its title B. History
C. Released date C. Testing
D. Name of publication D. Maturation
20. This objectives relates directly to the research problem 29. Is a negative statement which indicates the absence of a
and states clearly what the researcher will do and expects to relationship/ correlation between two variables–
find out – A. Alternative Hypothesis
A. Specific objective B. Null hypothesis
B. Special Objective C. Research Hypothesis
C. Important Objective D. Hypothesis
D. Immediate/general objective

30. A category of research that studies the effects of the A. Experimental
variables on each other. B. Developmental
A. Exploratory C. Non-quantitative
B. Applied D. Quantitative
C. Experimental
D. Descriptive 40. A type of research that utilizes the description of results
rather than statistical presentation.
31. A classification of research that attempts to identify and A. Experimental
isolate the components of the research situation. B. Evaluation
A. Action C. Non-quantitative
B. Applied D. Quantitative
C. Holistic
D. Analytical 41. One of the major researches that utilize a time element
that describes what will be.
32. A classification of research that attempts to begin with a A. Experimental
total situation focusing attention on the system first then B. descriptive
on its internal relationship. C. Historical
A. Applied C. Statistical
B. Action
C. Analytical 42. A _____ are statements of what the researcher intends to
D. Holistic do.
A. Alternative Hypothesis
33. A category of research which is done on a very limited B. Research Objectives
scope to solve a particular problem which is not so big. C. Null hypothesis
A. Pure D. Research Hypothesis
B. Action
C. Applied 43. A ______ which gives a person a feeling of discomfort. It
D. Descriptive could be a state of affairs that needs to be changed or
anything that is not working as expected.
34. It is a set of concepts which explains the occurrence of a A. Problem
certain phenomenon – B. Analysis Problem
A. Competing Theory C. Research Problem
B. Theory D. Critical Problem
C. Assumptions
D. Dependent variables 44. There are three general categories of research, the
descriptive research, experimental intervention research, and
35. It refers to the extent to which a measurement does what _____.
it is supposed to do, which is to measure what it intends to A. Intervention research
measure – B. Extensive research
A. Validity C. Correlation research
B. Validity Threats D. Explanatory research
C. Reliability
D. Variable 45. One of the major researches that utilize a time element
that describes what was.
36. People and things change over time and this change can A. Statistical
threaten the validity of conclusions – B. Experimental
A. Selection C. Descriptive
B. Instrumentation D. Historical
C. Testing
D. Maturation 46. _____ may also used to explain the possible confounding
influence of other variables on the assumed relationship
37. It is a written work of the page or near the front which between the major variables of the study –
displays its title – A. Competing Theory
A. Approval Sheet B. Theory
B. Abstract C. Assumptions
C. Title Page D. Dependent variables
D. Acknowledgment
47. This suggests the type of analysis to be done.
A. Special objective
38. The act of officially saying that something was created for B. Specific objective
a particular purpose or to remember or honor a particular C. Important objective
person – D. Immediate/general objective
A. Dedication
B. Abstract
C. Introduction
D. Acknowledgment
39. A type of research that utilizes inferential statistics to 48. This explains the existence of a problem. It serves as the
determine the results of the study such as comparison studies basis for examining and analyzing the connection between or
and cause-and-effect relationship. among the study variables.

A. Research outline 57. Sometimes there are events in the life of a research
B. Research framework project, but which are not part of the project, that can
C. Research chart increase or decrease the expected project outcomes –
D. Statistics A. Selection
B. History
49. These are expressed in measurable terms. C. Testing
A. Special objective D. Maturation
B. Specific objective
C. Variables
D. Immediate/general objective
58. It is used to determine the effectiveness of a treatment or
50. This enables the researcher to learn how to conceptualize an intervention or the “cause and effect” relationship of
a research problem and properly identify and operationally certain phenomena under controlled conditions.
define study variables – A. Content Analysis
A. Literature B. Survey method
B. Methodology C. Experimental Method
C. Related study D. Historical Method
D. Hypothesis
59. What is the ethical principle that the moral worth of an
51. One of the major research methods that utilize a time action is solely determined by its contribution to overall
element that describes what is. utility? This is also a form of consequentialism…
A. Descriptive A. Utilitarian
B. Historical B. Ethics
C. Statistical C. Ethical Standard
D. Experimental D. Utilitarianism
52. In studies that take a long time to finish, say, one year or 60. It involves a systematic way of gaining knowledge or the
more, like cohort studies, where the subjects (the same process of testing ideas (hunches, guesses, or hypotheses) to
people) are followed up overtime, some cases may drop out, see if an idea holds true in a given situation or under
thus resulting in a loss of cases controlled conditions.
A. Selection A. Historical method
B. Instrumentation B. Survey method
C. Mortality C. Experimental Method
D. Maturation D. Research Scientific Method
53. When several options are available, ______ is about the 61. A type of source which results from many research
options that can help the decision-maker in selecting the best studies that are published in journals or monographs. These
or the better alternative that will yield a better outcome. articles or reports are generally written by those who actually
A. Making conducted the study –
B. Processing A. Glossary
C. Data B. General reference
D. Developing C. Primary sources
D. Secondary sources
54. This type of research aims to see an immediate solution
to a problem; it focuses on variables or factors which can be 62. This refers to publications where authors cite the work of
changed by intervention in order to achieve a desired goal others. The most common secondary sources are books,
A. Applied Research reviews, yearbooks and encyclopedias –
B. Explanatory research A. Secondary sources
C. Keen research B. Glossary
D. Intervention/Experimental research C. General reference
D. Primary sources
55. An Interactionist theory of deviance. This theory centers
on how individuals learn how to become criminals, but does 63. It is a careful, critical, disciplined, inquiry, varying in
not concern itself with why they become criminals. technique and method according to the nature and conditions
A. Theoretical Framework of the problem identified.
B. Differential Association Theory A. Problem Solving
C. Beccaria School of Thought
D. Differential Identification Theory B. Research
56. A research that is to understand or explain a prevailing C. Hypothesis

situation or explain a relationship between factors which may D. Assumption
have already been identified in explanatory studies, and why
the relationship exists. 64. It is one of the parts of literature reviews that briefly
A. Exploratory Research reports what experts think or what other researchers have
B. Pure basic research found about the research problem –
C. Explanatory research A. Summary/synthesis
D. Keen research B. Introduction
C. Body
D. Conclusion

65. It is one of the parts of literature reviews that “ties 73. It is a brief summary of a research article, thesis or any
together” the major findings of the studies reviewed. It in-depth analysis of a particular subject and is often used to
represents a general picture of what has been known or help the reader quickly ascertain the paper's purpose –
thought of about the problem to date. A. Dedication
A. Summary/synthesis B. Abstract
B. Introduction C. Introduction
C. Body D. Acknowledgment
D. Conclusion
74. An author's statement recognized his use of the works of
66. It is one of the parts of literature reviews that describes other authors or a declaration or avowal of one's act or of a
briefly the nature of the research problem and explains what fact to give it legal validity –
led the researcher to investigate the question – A. Dedication
A. Summary/synthesis B. Abstract
B. Introduction C. Introduction
C. Body D. Acknowledgment
D. Conclusion
75. The following are the steps in making research EXCEPT:
67. This part presents the course of action suggested by the A. Rigid Control of the research
literature. Based on the state of knowledge revealed by the B. Statistical Analysis
literature, the researcher could further justify the need for C. The selection of the research topic
his/study – D. The decision on a hypothesis
A. Summary/synthesis
B. Introduction 76. When are we going to define a problem?
C. Body A. When the solution is already done
D. Conclusion B. When the problem is partially solved
C. When the problem is already identified
D. When the solution is already discovered
68. It refers to the systematic search for pertinent information
or specific topic or problem. 77. In doing research, what is the first thing a researcher
A. Hypothesis does for the problem to be studied?
B. Assumption A. Enumerating first the problem
C. Research B. Determining the cause of the problem
D. Problem Solving C. Research the problem
D. Identify and clearly define the problem
69. Researchers make educated guesses to tentatively answer
the research questions, from these they select the more 78. A research problem can only be investigated if resources
logical and theoretically sound guesses – like time, money, and personnel are available.
A. Alternative Hypothesis A. A research problem must be feasible
B. Research Hypothesis
C. Hypothesis B. A research problem must be clear
D. Unconstructive Hypothesis C. research problem must be ethical
D. A research problem must be appropriate
70. It refers to the consistency, stability and dependability of
the data. A reliable measuring device is one which, if used for 79. Major variables of the study should be measurable and
the second time, will yield the same results as it did the first should be specified in the problem statement. The used of
time – ambiguous terms must be avoided –
A. Validity A. A research problem must be feasible
B. Statistics
C. Reliability B. A research problem must be clear
D. Variable C. research problem must be ethical
D. A research problem must be appropriate
71. When a research instrument, such as a questionnaire or a
measuring device, like a weighing scale or a thermometer is 80. It refers to the gathering of data or information to solve a
changed during the study period between the pretest and the particular or specific problem in a scientific manner.
posttest – A. Problem Solving
A. Selection B. Hypothesis
B. Instrumentation C. Assumption
C. Testing D. Research
D. Maturation
81. It refers to the systematic study or investigation of
72. This is the document that shows your panel has approved something for the purpose of answering questions posed by
the content of your thesis or dissertation, and a copy of it will the research.
remain in your official records – A. Problem solving
A. Approval Sheet B. Research
B. Abstract C. Hypothesis
C. Title Page D. Assumption
D. Acknowledgment
82. The conduct of the study should not pose any danger,
embarrassment, hurt or any risk to the research respondents
or subjects or any one –

A. A research problem must be feasible and collection of subjects and often concludes that a
perceived problem does not actually exist?
B. A research problem must be clear A. Historical Research
C. A research problem must be ethical B. Qualitative Research
D. A research problem must be appropriate C. Quantitative Research
D. Exploratory Research
83. A technique in the descriptive method of research which is
used to collect demographic data about people’s behavior, 92. It is a process of collecting selecting, and reading books,
practices, intentions, beliefs, attitudes, opinions, judgement, journal articles, reports, abstracts, and other reference
and perception. materials, including electronic sources (CD-ROM) and the
A. Observation World Wide Web (www/http) to get relevant information
B. Survey about the problem under investigation –
C. Case A. Research Problem
D. Assumption B. Collecting resources
C. Investigation
84. What is the specific title of Chapter 1 in a thesis book? D. Review of related literature
A. Review of Related Literature
B. Methods and Procedure of Data 93. A type of survey technique that utilizes the reaction of
C. Presentation and Analysis of Data people towards certain reasons for committing crimes.
D. The Introduction and Its Setting Example: Survey conducted through television or radio.
A. Public Opinion Survey
85. What is the specific title of Chapter 2 in a thesis book? B. School Survey
A. Review of Related Literature
B. Procedures and Source of Data C. Market Survey
C. Presentation and Analysis of Data D. Social Survey
D. The Introduction and Its Setting
94. In an experimental study, a threat to validity occurs when
86. What is the specific title of Chapter 3 in a thesis book? the elements or subjects selected for the experimental group
A. Review of Related Literature is very different from those selected for the control group –
B. Methods, Procedures and Source of Data A. Selection
C. Methods and Source of Data B. History
D. The Introduction and Its Setting C. Testing
D. Maturation
87. What is the specific title of Chapter 4 in a thesis book?
A. Summary, Conclusion and 95. The most common type of instrument used in survey
Recommendation research.
B. Methods and Procedure of Data A. Interview
C. Presentation and Analysis of Data
D. The Introduction and Its Setting B. Questionnaire
C. Closed form item
88. It means to investigate thoroughly, basically a systematic D. Observation
collection of data for the purpose of explaining, describing or
making predictions 96. The problem must be____ and ____. It must be of
A. Criminological Research interest to the one investigating it. It should yield answers
B. Research that will contribute to knowledge and development –
C. Basic Research A. Timely and relevant
D. Re-search B. Appropriate and exact
C. Clear and feasible
89. A type of survey technique that utilizes only a sample or D. Proper and precise
portion of the population as respondents of the research
study. Example: A cluster out of the population will be
surveyed on the issue of crime rate. 98. What type of research evaluates the effect or outcome of
A. Sample Survey a particular intervention or treatment and studies the “cause
B. Public Opinion Survey and effect” relationship between certain phenomena under
C. Social Survey controlled conditions?
D. Market Survey A. Applied Research
B. Explanatory research
90. A type of survey technique where the investigator C. Keen research
researches on the attitude and behaviors of different groups D. Experimental research
of people with crime incidence. Example: Survey of different
groups of the rich, middle and poor families pertaining to 99. This type of research attempts to describe an existing
crime rate. situation and/or explain certain patterns of behavior using
A. Public Opinion Survey either qualitative and quantitative research techniques.
B. Sample Survey A. Pure basic Research
C. School Survey B. Explanatory research
D. Social Survey C. Qualitative research
D. Keen research
91. The type of research which is conducted because a
problem has not been properly defined. It is likewise used to DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND CRISIS MANAGEMENT
determine the best research design, data collection method

1. it is a sudden condition or state of affairs calling for immediate PREVENTION - This pro-active phase considers counter measures
action. as part of the total system of operation. Such counter measures
a. Crisis involves the following;
b. Emergency  Operation Security
c. Disaster  Personal Security
d. Conflict a. Rank and Risk
Emergency - Came from the Latin word “emergentia” meaning a b. Threat Level (Potential Threats)
dipping; plunging a. Primary targets
An unforeseen combination of circumstances of the resulting state b. Secondary targets
that calls for immediate action. c. Randomly selected targets
Crisis - Came from the Greek word “krisis”, which means to PREPARATION – this pro-active phase involves organizing training
separate.” and equipment personnel of the organization. In general, military
An unplanned incident, or accident, either initially or in a short a commanders and officers of the PNP must organize, train and equip
period of time, expands to a level that involves death, injuries, loss or special reaction, security and negotiation elements and provide their
property, the involvement of the public, high host, and a company of immediate activation when the need arises.
an organization whose image is severely impacted. NCCM – National Committee on Crisis Management
IS A TURNING POINT IN THE PROGRESS OF AN AFFAIR OR A SERIES  Serves as the umbrella organization for crisis management.
OF EVENTS. The primary concern is the formulation of crisis
management policies, integration of mil/pol to public efforts
If the situation is still controllable and the response given is for the towards the prevention and control of crisis. It is composed
purpose of containing the situation and preventing it from getting out by:
of control then it is just an EMERGENCY. 1. PAFSECOM – Philippine Air Force Security
If the situation is already beyond normal control, what happening is Command
already a CRISIS. 2. PNSWG – Philippine Navy Special Welfare Group
If the effects of the crisis can no longer be controlled even by its main 3. PASAG – Philippine Army Special Action Group
instigator, then it is DISASTER. 4. PNPSAG – Philippine National Police Special Action
Group
2. This stage of the proactive phase of crisis management involves RCAG – Regional Crisis Action Group
foretelling of the likelihood of crisis occurring either natural or man 3. It is a forward planning process in a state of uncertainty, in which
made through the continuous assessment of all the possible threats scenarios and objectives are agreed, managerial and technical actions
and the threat groups, as well as the continuous monitoring and are defined, and potential response systems put in place in order to
analysis of the confluence of related events. prevent or better respond to an emergency or critical situation.
a. Prediction a. Contingency planning
b. Prevention b. Coordination
c. Preparation c. Courses of action
d. Performance d. Crisis
PHASES OF CRISIS MANAGEMENT 4. It involves plans and institutional arrangement to engage and
PRO-ACTIVE PHASES guide the efforts of the government, non-government, voluntary and
 PREDICTION private agencies in comprehensive and coordinated ways to respond
 Update to the entire spectrum of crisis needs.
 Events a. Crisis management framework
 PREVENTION b. Crisis management
 Operation Security c. Disaster risk reduction management
 Personal Security d. Risk assessment
 PREPARATION THE CRISIS MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK - is a broad overview,
 Planning outline, or skeleton of interlinked items which supports the crisis
 Training management approach to meet the organisation’s specific objective.
 Equipment DISASTER RISK REDUCTION (DRR) SOMETIMES CALLED DISASTER
THE REACTIVE PHASE RISK MANAGEMENT (DRM)- is a systematic approach to identifying,
 PERFORMANCE assessing and reducing the risks of disaster. It aims to reduce socio-
 The Initial Action economic vulnerabilities to disaster as well as dealing with the
 Negotiation environmental and other hazards that trigger them.
 Tactical Action RISK ASSESSMENT - a systematic process of evaluating the potential
 The Action Stage risks that may be involved in a projected activity or undertaking.
 The Post Action Stage Risk - Refers to a potential event or activity that may take place in an
PREDICTION - The first stage of anticipating future crisis organization, which would cause detrimental effect on the outcomes,
occurrences through the following; market status, revenues, etc.
 Update- Intelligence – involves the collection of  Acceptable Risk – is defined as a conscious decision of
information from variety of sources as basis of whether the remaining risk is acceptable to achieve a
actions and plan; those that are related to crisis specific goal; everyone accepts a degree of risk in order to
management contingency planning. accomplish something beneficial.
 Events – are those incidents that are already Risk Management - Is concerned with identifying, assessing and
passed which can facilitate analysis necessary for mitigating any activity or event that could cause harm to the
identification of probable threat groups, targets business.
and necessary for advance planning. 5. It is the preparation and delivering of clear, accurate and
Threat Analysis of Threat Groups understandable information on the risk to the stakeholders and the
a. Political Terrorist public; essential for informing the public of preventive measures that
b. Criminals are available to minimize the risk of exposure in a clear and rapid
c. Mentally Deranged Individuals manner.
d. Religious Extremists a. Risk Assessment
e. Economically-motivated b. Risk Communicate
Groups/Individuals c. Situation Awareness
d. Technical Assistance
The 5P Crisis Management Model

 PREDICT 8. It is a criminal act that influences an audience beyond the
 Situation Awareness (SA) immediate victim.
a. Strategic situation Awareness a. Terrorism
 Detecting what is happening b. Hostage taking
 Analyzing what seems to be c. Rape
happening d. Malicious mischief
 Interpreting what is really Hostage taking
happening the act of seizing or holding a person as security for the fulfilment of
 Determining how things a condition
could go Hostage situation
 Preparing warning products  A set of circumstances wherein a suspected law violator is
and holding a person is holding a person captive with the use of
 Conveying warnings force and threat of violence while the law enforcement
b. Operational Situation Awareness officers arain close contact with the suspect and his
 Planning and direction captive.
 Collection STAGES OF A HOSTAGE SITUATION
 Processing  Alarm - This stage is the most traumatic and
 Analysis dangerous.
 Dissemination  Crisis Stage - There is still a great deal of danger
 Tactical Situational Awareness since hostage takers try to consolidate their
a. Defining the operating environment of positions (HT). Isolation, claustrophobia and
the identified threat or crisis sense of time (hostages)
b. Describing the impact of the operating  Accommodation Stage – boredom with moments of
environment to the identified threat or terror, longest and most tranquil. Stockholm’s
crisis syndrome will likely to occur.
c. Evaluating capabilities/ vulnerabilites  Resolution Stage - hostage taker is being stressed
 PREPARE – preparedness is essential for effective out or fatigued of the
response. It entails planning, organization, training and situation. Tension between the hostages,
stock piling of equipment and supplies needed for such hostage taker and the crisis negotiator is notably
crisis / emergencies. low. crisis intervention techniques of the
 6 essential activities negotiation team have increased.
a. Plan Priorities in hostage situation;
b. Organize 1. Preservation of life – hostage, hostage taker, public
c. Train etc.
d. Equip 2. Arrest of the hostage-taker, recover and protect
e. Exercise property
f. And evaluate 3. Successfully negotiate – to do this, there must be;
 PREVENT – prevention is a deliberate action that aims to a need on the part of the hostage-taker to live
avoid future harm by addressing its causes. and release the hostage.
 In most man-made crisis Actions of investigating officer (first responder) upon arrival at the
a. Active - Operation Security hostage taking incidents
b. Passive measures - Personal Security  I – C – E - R METHODS
 Natural crises 1. ISOLATE
a. Vigilance and alertness  Keep onlookers beyond the safety line.
 PERFORM – is the actual implementation of contingency 2. CONTAIN
plans when a crisis occurs despite the pro-active measures  Begins within the confines of the inner
undertaken. perimeter and also allows time for
 Objectives crisis stabilization
a. To ensure a high probability of success 3. EVALUATE
in neutralizing the perpetrators  Gather as much cursory information as
b. To minimize, or cushion the adverse possible because the original report
effects of the crisis incident may or may not be what the situation
c. To ensure a smooth and speedy is
rehabilitation or return to normalcy 4. REPORT – identify and confirm all circumstances
 POST ACTION AND ASSESSMENT – begins when the from the hostage taker to the hostages the
crisis has been addressed and the situation is deemed inform all responding officers.
clear. Post action activities seek ways to 9. It is an emergency or a threatening condition that requires urgent
 Evaluate and improve prevention action or responds.
 Improve preparation and actual execution a. Exercises
6. it is a component of the proactive phase of the 5 P’s crisis b. Hazards
management which is a deliberate action aimed at avoiding future c. Human-induced threats
harm by addressing its causes. d. Crisis
a. Predict 10. It is a component of the proactive phase of the 5 P’s crisis
b. Prevent management which attempts to remove uncertainty from the future.
c. Prepare a. Predict
d. Perform b. Prevent
7. It is a component of the 5 P’s crisis management which begins with c. Prepare
the crisis has been addressed and the situation is deemed clear. It is d. Perform
in this phase where the organization is returning to business as usual. 11. Are those in which the concerns of two people appear to be
a. Post action and assessment incompatible.
b. Prevent a. Conflict
c. Prepare b. Conflict situations
d. Perform c. Dispute
d. Problem

CONFLICT - A conflict is an activity which takes place when conscious a. Capture phase
beings (individuals or groups) wish to carry out mutually inconsistent b. Transportation phase
acts concerning their wants, needs or obligations. (Nicholson, M., c. Holding phase
1992) d. Termination phase
It may also refer to a natural disagreement or struggle between 16. The following procedure shall be followed during a hostage
people which may be physical, or between conflicting ideas. The situation, except one;
word “Conflict” comes from the Latin word “conflingere” which a. Crisis management task group shall be activated
means to come together for a battle. after a while;
CONFLICT THEORIES? b. Incident scene shall be secured and isolated;
 Conflict theory states that tensions and conflicts arise when c. Unauthorized person shall not be allowed entry and exit to
resources, status, and power are unevenly incident scene;
distributed between groups in society and that these d. Witnesses’ names, addresses and other information shall be
conflicts become the engine for social change. What are the recorded. Witnesses shall be directed to a safe location.
Conflict Resolution Strategies? 17. It is the use of the communication techniques and strategies to
 Kenneth Thomas and Ralph Kilmann (2015) influence a person to change his / her behavior in accordance with
developed five conflict resolution strategies Thomas – goals within legal, ethical and moral constraints.
Kilmann Instrument or more generally known as TKI a. Crisis intervention
Conflict Strategies that people use to handle conflict, b. Crisis negotiation
including avoiding, defeating, compromising, c. Hot debrief
accommodating, and collaborating. d. Intermediary
 The Thomas-Kilmann Instrument is designed to Hot debrief - It is a short debriefing conducted by negotiating team
measure a person’s behavior in conflict situations. prior to turnover to another set of negotiating team.
 “Conflict situations” are those in which the concerns of Intermediary - (or go-between) is a third party that offers
two people appear to be incompatible. intermediation services between two parties, which involves
 In such conflict situations, an individual’s behavior can be conveying messages between principals in a dispute, preventing
described along two dimensions: direct contact and potential escalation of the issue
1. Assertiveness - the extent to which the person attempts 18. How many ground commander or on-scene commander should be
to satisfy his own concerns there during a hostage situation?
2. Cooperativeness - the extent to which the person a. One
attempts to satisfy the other person’s concerns. b. Two
12. It is moderate in both assertiveness and cooperativeness. The c. Three
objective is to find some expedient, mutually acceptable solution that d. Four
partially satisfies both parties. It falls intermediate between 19. He is the senior officer in command of the incident.
competing and accommodating. a. Intermediary
a. Avoiding b. Kidnappers
b. Competing c. Incident commander
c. Accommodating d. Inside agent
d. Collaborating 20. They shall be alerted for deployment in case the negotiation fails
e. Compromising during a hostage situation.
The five (5) Conflict Resolution Strategies: a. Assault team
 Avoiding - This is unassertive and uncooperative. The b. Support personnel
person neither pursues his own concerns nor those of the c. Ground commander
other individual. d. Mediator
 Competing - This is assertive and uncooperative. An 21. It is a process in which two or more persons, groups or entities
individual pursues his own concerns at the other person’s with conflicting interests voluntarily engage in a dialogue or
expense. discussion in order to arrive at an agreement that will benefit all the
 Accommodating - This is unassertive and cooperative— parties concerned.
the complete opposite of competing. a. Negotiation
 Collaborating - It is both assertive and cooperative—the b. Crisis management
complete opposite of avoiding. c. Tactical interrogation
 Compromising d. Crisis intervention
It is moderate in both assertiveness and cooperativeness. 22. It is a plan during a hostage situation which should be drawn up
The objective is to find some expedient, mutually in a way that the hostages’ lives will not be jeopardized.
acceptable solution that partially satisfies both parties. It a. Delivery plan
falls intermediate between competing and accommodating. b. Surrender plan
13. The objectives in this phase of crisis management are: to ensure c. Hostage reception
a high probability of success in neutralizing the preparatory; to d. Collection plan
minimize or cushion the adverse effect of the crisis incidents; and to Collection plan - It is a plan during a hostage situation wherein the
ensure a smooth and speedy rehabilitation or return to normalcy. safety of the police personnel involved is the priority consideration.
a. The Proactive phase Delivery plan - It is a plan during a hostage situation resorted to
b. The reactive phase when the hostage takers change plans in the middle of the execution.
c. All of the above 23. It is a stage in negotiation in a hostage situation wherein the
d. Nota negotiator establishes rapport.
14. It is the process of generating written information, analyses and a. The preliminary stage
warnings of an identified threats shortly before a crisis occurs, to b. The opening stage
eliminate or disrupt an outbreak; during the crisis, in preparing and c. The exploratory stage
performing crisis action plans, and post crisis, to reduce escalation or d. The conclusion or the closing stage
resurgence and ensure speedy rehabilitation. The exploratory stage - It is a stage in negotiation in a hostage
a. Strategic situation awareness negotiation wherein the negotiator identifies the other parties
b. Operational situation awareness underlying demands and needs through active listening and probing
c. Tactical situation awareness through asking questions.
d. All of the above The conclusion or the closing stage - It is a stage in negotiation in a
15. Is a phase of hostage situation which is the safest for the hostage hostage situation that the negotiator ensure that what has been
since the situation has had a chance to stabilized.

agreed upon is enacted or implemented as planned using the 33. It declares July as “National Disaster Consciousness Month”.
appropriate form such as a contact or a memorandum of agreement. a. PD 1566
24. It is known as a ‘Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and b. RA10121
Management Act of 2010’. c. EO 137
a. PD 1566 d. EO 209
b. RA 10121 PRESIDENTIAL DECREE No. 1566
c. EO 137 STRENGTHENING THE PHILIPPINE DISASTER CONTROL, CAPABILITY
d. RA 9121 AND ESTABLISHING THE NATIONAL PROGRAM ON COMMUNITY
25. It is an exchange of information to inform an integrate, DISASTER PREPAREDNESS WHEREAS, the Filipino has always
synchronize and de-conflict operations. It is not necessarily a process endured the hardship of a hostile environment
of gaining approval but is most often used for mutual exchange of RA10121 ("Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of
information 2010".)
a. Contingency planning The Act shifted the policy environment and the way the country deals
b. Coordination with disasters from mere response to preparedness. RA 10121
c. Courses of action provides a comprehensive, all-hazard, multi-sectoral, inter-agency,
d. Crisis communication and community-based approach to disaster risk management through
26. It is the ability to identify, detect and anticipate incidents or risk the formulation of the National Disaster Risk Management
that can turn into a crisis; should be done throughout the phases and Framework.
stages of the crisis management framework. 34. The on-scene commander, during a hostage situation, shall, upon
a. Risk Assessment the assessment of situation prepare necessary plans to include:
b. Risk Communicate a. Surrender Plan
c. Situation Awareness b. Collection Plan
d. Technical Assistance c. Delivery Plan
27. a negotiator who actually communicates with the hostage taker. d. All of the above
a. Primary Negotiator 35. He is the substitute of the fourth negotiator.
b. Secondary Negotiator a. Board negotiator
c. Intelligence Liaison/Recorder b. Secondary negotiator
d. Negotiation Team Leader c. Intelligence liaison / recorder
28. A situation which blocks the individual’s motivated behavior. d. Negotiation team leader
a. Crisis 36. It is a plan during a hostage situation wherein the safety of the
b. Conflict police personnel involved is the priority consideration.
c. Frustration a. Delivery plan
d. Motivation b. Surrender plan
29. He advises the incident / on-scene commander on the best c. Hostage reception
negotiating strategies and coordinates the process with the SWAT d. Collection plan
and the forward command resources. 37. What are the aspects of Stockholm Syndrome?
a. Primary Negotiator a. Positive feeling of the hostages towards the hostage takers
b. Secondary Negotiator b. Negative feeling of the victims towards the authorities
c. Intelligence Liaison/Recorder c. Positive feeling of the hostage takers towards the victim
d. Negotiation Team Leader d. All of the above
Hostage Negotiation Team 38. During a hostage situation, the negotiation team is directly under
1. Primary investigator control and supervision of whom?
 direct contact with the hostage taker a. Ground commander
2. Secondary investigator b. President
 assistant of primary and relay any info to c. Chief of PNP
commander d. Assault team
3. The coach 39. It is a plan during a hostage situation resorted to when the
 usually a psychologist who observe and hostage takers change plans in the middle of the execution.
assess the psychological status of hostage a. Delivery plan
taker. b. Surrender plan
4. The intelligence coordinator c. Hostage reception
 collects data pertinent to hostage taker, the d. Collection plan
situation and any circumstances crucial to 40. He will act as a referee in a hostage situation.
negotiation. a. Assault team
30. It is a phenomenon that can caused damage to life and property b. Support personnel
and destroy the economic, social and cultural life of people. c. Ground commander
a. Disaster d. Mediator
b. Emergency 41. It is a short debriefing conducted by negotiating team prior to
c. Crisis turnover to another set of negotiating team.
d. Conflict a. Hostage taking
31. It is any event that is, or expected to lead to, an unstable and b. Hot debrief
dangerous situation affecting an individual, group, community or c. Intermediary
whole society. d. Crisis intervention
a. Disaster 42. It means to communicate on a matter of disagreement between
b. Emergency two parties with a view to first listen to the other party’s perspective
c. Crisis and then attempt to arrive at a resolution agreed by consensus.
d. Conflict a. Pay off
32. It is the action by which an organization deals/handles with a b. Negotiation
major event that threatens to harm the organization, its stakeholders c. Stockholm syndrome
or the general public. d. Tactical interrogation
a. Crisis 43. It refers to the act of questioning or eliciting information from a
b. Crisis management suspect to produce information of tactical or operational value.
c. Conflict management a. Negotiation
d. Management b. Tactical interrogation

c. Crisis intervention harmony should be preserved. The arbitrary proceedings
d. Intermediary disrupt the harmony.
44. The keyword in any negotiation is _______?  GREECE- greeks surprisingly used a method of dispute
a. Argument resolution. They had used a lottery to pick an arbitrator.
b. Promise  Based on greek mythology dispute resolution was being
c. Compromise conducted thru combat.
d. Agreement  Which country first formally practice the dispute resolution-
45. It is a stage in negotiation in a hostage negotiation wherein the USA (MINESSOTA) in 1960
negotiator identifies the other parties underlying demands and needs  Who is the father of dispute resolution? FRANK SANDERS
through active listening and probing through asking questions. 54. this to engage in an argument or debate with persistence.?
a. Preliminary stage A. Dispute
b. Opening stage B. Dispute Resolution
c. Exploratory stage C. Alternative Dispute Resolution
d. Conclusion stage D. None of these
46. It is a stage in negotiation in a hostage situation that the DISPUTE RESOLUTION – can be used to resolve conflict, dispute or
negotiator ensure that what has been agreed upon is enacted or claim
implemented as planned using the appropriate form such as a contact 55.The following are the advantages of ADR, except?
or a memorandum of agreement. A. It is cheaper
a. Preliminary stage B. The resolution is not faster
b. Opening stage C. offers greater involvement
c. Exploratory stage D. None of these
d. Conclusion stage WHAT IS THE IMPORTANCE OF ADR?
47. Negotiation should be conducted preliminary for the following  ADR is Cheaper
objectives:  ADR resolution is faster
a. The safe release of the hostage  ADR offers greater involvement of both parties. An attorney
b. The safe handover of the perpetrators is needed if the case involves legal technicalities
c. Arrest of the perpetrators  More control over the resolution of dispute
d. All of the above 56. Its goal is to render a peaceful resolution in dispute.
48. He provides a communication link between the negotiators and A. Mediation
the remainder of the police command structure. B. Arbitration
a. Board negotiator C. Litigation
b. Secondary negotiator D. None of these
c. Intelligence liaison/recorder
d. Negotiation team leader Different Types of Dispute Resolution Processess
49. It is a close and harmonious relationship in which the people  Mediation (Pamamagitan)- HELP disputants (dalawang
concerned understand each other’s feelings or ideas and panig) come to a consensus of their own rather than
communicate. imposing a solution , the mediator works with both sides to
a. Empathy explore the interest of both parties.
b. Building rapport  In Mediation, more of asking a question rather than
c. Influence suggesting a solution. Mediation is an effective
d. Sympathy in allowing the parties to vent their feelings.
50. It is known as “Alternative Dispute Resolution Act of 2004”. ARBITRATION- To render a peaceful resolution in dispute.
a. RA 9825  In the process of Arbitration , can the parties provide
b. RA 9528 evidence? The answer is Yes since the arbitration will listen
c. RA 9205 to the statement of both parties and ask for the
d. RA 9285 presentation of evidence.
51. Person who will involve both parties in a proceeding of ADR. It is  Can a party negotiate the process of arbitration including
usually in the first stage of the proceedings? the rules and decisions? Yes it can be negotiated.
A. Mediator  Is the rules of Evidence will be applicable in the process of
B. Arbitrator arbitration?
C. Concillator  The ans is yes the rules of evidence under Criminal Law
D. None of these shall be applicable
Mediator- person who will involve both parties in a proceeding (taga  Presence of lawyer is better.
pamagitan)  Can both parties agreed to choose a person to be Mediator
Arbitrator- the person who will settle the issue after hearing both or Arbitrator – NO (it will be selected among lupong
parties he will render a recommendation. Is the decision of tagapagkasundo)
arbitrator mandatory? The answer is NO (hindi ito mandatory) Litigation- involves a defendant facing off against a plaintiff po
52. Dispute Resolution orginated in what country? before the Judge.
A. USA  the most familiar type of dispute resolution or civil litigation
B. ENGLAND  The information regarding of the proceedings or hearing
C. ITALY shall be entered and stay in ?The answer is PUBLIC
D. None of these RECORD
53. The chinese form of dispute resolution is based on the ethics  During litigation, who dominates the proceeding? LAWYERS
made by?  How the judge is selected in the litigation process? THRU
A. Mao Tse Dong RAFFLE
B. Hu wei dong 57. The decision of judge in this stage is obligatory to both parties
C. Xi Jin Ping a. Facilatate Resolution Stage
D. None of these b. Preventive and Cooperation Stage
 HAWAIAN HIGHLANDERS- if there is a problem like family c. Dispute De- Escalation Control and Real Time Resolution
dispute or personal concern, they will be handled by a Stage
leader considered as mediator. d. Binding Resolution Stage
 CHINA- there was a process called arbitration-based STEPS OR STAGES IN DISPUTE RESOLUTION
CONFUCIAN ETHICS. According to CONFUSIUS the

PREVENTIVE AND COOPERATION - focused on the interest, improve - In Philippine Setting- In Mini Trial the decision is
cooperation, minimizing impact of problems and eliminating made by Judge. In Phil Setting the Neutral third person is the Judge
adversarial attitude. (mediator) who has the authority to render Judgement.
DISPUTE DE- ESCALATION CONTROL AND REAL TIME RESOLUTION 63.It is also responsible to provide logistical support to parties come
STAGE - can use techniques to deal and realistically solve the dispute. into consultation?
The goal of this stage is to de- escalate the tension. (ARBITRATOR) A. OADR
FACILATATE RESOLUTION STAGE - still this can be considered in B. DOJ
Arbitration Process. It will a combination of techniques to achieve C. Lupon Tagapamayapa
mutually accepted resolution to come up with an accepted resolution, D. None of these
the parties are allowed to negotiate. OFFICE OF THE ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION (OADR)
BINDING RESOLUTION STAGE - the decision of judge in this stage is - The “GOOD OFFICES”
obligatory to both parties. - Handles the difference ADR cases which the
This stage will only be pursued if the previous processes have failed. barangay failed to resolve.
(JUDGE) - It is also responsible to provide logistical support to
The venue for the Binding Resolution Stage- COURT (Municipal or parties come into consultation
Metropolitan Trial Court) - Administrative support.
64. it is a voluntary process conducted under the auspices of the
58.This can be considered in the Arbitration Process. It will a court by referring the parties to the Philippine Mediation Center Unit
combination of techniques to achieve mutually accepted resolution? for the settlement of their dispute assisted by a mediator accredited
A. Preventive and Cooperative Stage by the supreme court **1000stars**
B. Dispute De-escalation Control and Real Time Resolution a. Judicial dispute resolution
Stage b. Court annexed mediation
C. Facillitate Resolution Stage c. Pretrial
D. None of these d. Hearing
59. The venue for the Binding Resolution Stage? 65. It is a process whereby the judge employs conciliation, mediation
A. Good Office or early neutral evaluation in order to settle a case at the pretrial
B. ADR office stage.
C. Court a. Judicial dispute resolution
D. None of these b. Court annexed mediation
60.Usually conducted during AMICABLE SETTLEMENT? c. Pretrial
A. Mediation d. Hearing
B. Arbitration 66. When should the court refer the parties for mandatory court-
C. Concillation annexed mediation?
D. None of these a. After pre-trial
Conciliation- usually conducted during AMICABLE SETTLEMENT. b. Before pre-trial
(Conciliator ) c. During pre-trial
His job is to attempt to reach a settlement of their dispute d. During hearing
Two uses of Conciliation 67. The period for court-annexed mediation shall not exceed_____
- Dispute on contracts calendar days without further extension.
- Legal relationship a. 20
- Pecuniary liability b. 30
Do the conciliator has the authority to enforce his resolution? - NO c. 40
61. this is where both parties need to present by a lawyer similar to d. 60
the Pre Trial in the rules of Criminal Procedures? 68. The judicial dispute resolution shall be conducted within a non-
A. Early Neutral Evaluation extendible period of ____ calendar days from notice of failure of the
B. Concillation court-annexed mediation.
C. Mini Trial a. 10
D. None of these b. 5
EARLY NEUTRAL EVALUATION- this is where both parties need to c. 15
present by a lawyer d. 30
 Similar to the Pre Trial in the rules of Criminal Procedures 69. It means institutions or persons accredited as mediator,
 Is both parties required to appear in the Early Neural conciliator, arbitrator, neutral evaluator, or any person exercising
Evaluation? NO. it is sufficient that their lawyers attended similar functions in any alternative dispute resolution system.
this proceedings. a. Non-government organization
 This is the last ditch in getting a peaceful ADR resolution. b. Judiciary
 What ever the decision in this proceedings cannot be c. International party
binded to both parties. d. ADR provider
 Who is the neutral third person in the Neutral Evaluation 70. It means to sign, execute or adopt a symbol, or encrypt a record
Proceeding ? JUDGE in whole or in part, intended to identity the authenticating party and
62. the mini trial follows what type of proceeding? to adopt, accept or establish the authenticity of a record or term.
A. civil case proceedings a. Authenticate
B. criminal case b. Record
c. Verify
C. summary proceedings
d. Award
D. None of these
71. It means the person appointed to render an award, alone or with
others, in a dispute that is the subject of an arbitration agreement.
a. Mediator
Mini Trial (similar to trial or litigation)
b. Mediation parties
- This follows not the usual litigation proceedings.
c. Judge
- Summary Proceedings
d. Arbitrator
- In international setting the mini-trial is being
72. It means mediation ordered by a court to be conducted in
decided by PANEL comprising of senior decision makers and the
accordance with the agreement of the parties when as action is
Judge who is the neutral third person is not a member of the panel.
prematurely commenced in violation of such agreement.
He has no authority to give a decision.
a. Court-referred mediation

b. Court-annexed mediation KATARUNGAN PAMBARANGAY- system of dispute resolution or ADR
c. Arbitration instituted in all barangays in Philippines. (Lahat ng Barangay or
d. Trial barangay hall ay dapat tumangap ng ADR)
73. It means an alternative dispute resolution process wherein parties - Seeks to promote the speedy administration of
and their lawyers are brought together early in a pre-trial phase to justice
present summaries of their cases and receive a nonbinding - Provides avenue for amicable settlement.
assessment by an experienced, neutral person, with expertise in the - Because of Katarungan Pambarangay there is a
subject in the substance of the dispute. reduction the dockets in our court.
a. Arbitration What is the first Katarungan Pambarangay Law? The first KP law
b. Mini-trial The answer is PD 1508- KP law of 1978
c. Early neutral evaluation It was enacted on December 30 1978- this was the law that
d. Mediation organized the formal system of amicable settlements of disputes at
the barangay level.
First abstract conception law (inimplement pero inalis agad due to
being unconstitutional)
PD 1293- January 27, 1978.
74. It means a structured dispute resolution method in which the PD 1293 although it was abolished but it was based on the program
merits of a case are argued before a panel comprising senior decision of settling dispute ?”Neighborhood Paralegal Committee” (by the
makers with or without the presence of a neutral third person after word neighborhood sila ung mga lupon tagapamayapa dati)
which the parties seek a negotiated settlement. The idea of this program NPC (neighborhood paralegal committee)
a. Trial The Father of Katarungan Pambarangay- former supreme court
b. Hearing justice Fred R. Castro
c. Promulgation He established the NPC.
d. Mini-trial What is the objective or intent of the passage of PD 1508- to give full
75. Information obtained through mediation shall be privileged and recognition that peaceful settlement of dispute among barangay
____. members must be prioritized.
a. Public knowledge Under the Katarungan Pambarangay Law, What is the body tasked by
b. Confidential law to administer KP?
c. Part of public record The ans is Lupon Tagapamayapa
d. Known Composition of Lupon Taga Pamayapa
76. Where to conduct mediation? Who is the chairman of lupon?- Barangay Captain
a. Philippine Mediation Center It is composed of members not less than 10 but not more than 20
b. Court members
c. Place agreed by the parties From which among the members of PANGKAT will be chosen.
d. Barangay hall Does the lupon Tagapamayapa facilitate the conduct of Mediation,
77. It is known as “the arbitration law”. Arbitration or Conciliation? The answer is no, it is the responsibility of
a. RA 867 the members of PANGKAT
b. RA 786 Who provides assistance to the Lupon?
c. RA 876 1. Public Prosecutor
d. RA 687 2. Legal Officers (City or Municipal, Provincial)
78. No person appointed to served as an arbitrator shall be related by PANGKAT
blood or marriage within the ____ degree to either party to the How many members are there in PANGKAT? 3 members
controversy. Components of Katarungan Pambarangay
a. Third Lupon Tagapamayapa – 10 to 20 members
b. Fourth Pangkat- 3 members
c. Fifth Legal Advisers
d. Sixth What are the qualifications for Lupon? Educational Background is not
79. This is necessary because the original report may or may not be important
the actual situation. In doing so the first responder and the negotiator 1. Any person who is residing or working in the
should gather as much cursory information as possible barangay
a. isolation 2. Not disqualified by law
b. containment 3. Possessing integrity , independence and sense of
c. evaluation fairness.
d. reporting Disqualification to become a member of lupon:
80. this means that the hostage takers mobility should be confined to 1. Convicted of crime specially if the crime has
the smallest location in the building or exterior area and deny the accessory penalty of disqualification of holding a public office
Opportunity to observe the 2. Minors
police activities 3. Members of Armed Forces of the Phil. Who are still
a. isolation in active service
b. containment 4. Government employees; and
c. evaluating 5. Elected official
d. reporting Composition of PANGKAT
81. This is the term for the standard communication system linked to PANGKAT
a hardline system connected to the hostage phone system Chairman- who will preside over the meetings or hearing before the
a. cellphone pangkat
b. satellite Secretary- prepares the minute of the meeting. Who also issue cert.
c. throw phone of true copies of any public record except those considered as
d. walkie – talkie confidential.
82. It is the body of men created to settle dispute within barangay Is the Chairman and Secretary positions in Pangkat are permanent?
level THE ANS NO IT IS ROTATIONAL BASIS
a. barangay tanod What are the dispute which can be brought for amicable settlement
b. chief tanod before the KP?
c. pangkat tagapagkasundo
d. lupon tagapamayapa

But technically, disputes between or among the parties who are  The Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) = is a
ACTUALLY RESIDING IN THE SAME CITY OR MUNICIPALITY may be contract executed upon request of either the
brought for amicable settlement before the lupon. employer or the exclusive bargaining
CASES WHICH THE LUPON DOES NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY. representative of the employees incorporating
1. if one of the party is the GOVERNMENT the agreement reached after negotiations with
2. if one of the party is a public officer and the dispute relate to the respect to wages, hours of work and all other
performance of his duty. terms and conditions of employment, including
3. offenses punishable by imprisonment of exceeding one year (1 proposals for adjusting any grievances or
taon) or the fine exceeding 5,000php. questions under such agreement.
4. If the crime is victimless crime. 5. SLOW DOWN STRIKE one staged without the workers
5. If the properties subject for dispute is located to quitting their work but by merely slackening or by reducing
other cities. their normal work output.
Flow of KP Process 6. WILD-CAT STRIKE- on declared and staged without filing
1st process Complaint- Pagsasampa ng reklamo (15 days ang the required notice of strike and without the majority
pagsasagawa ng mediation) approval of the recognized bargaining agent.
2nd process Mediation- before the Barangay Captain or lupon 7. SIT DOWN STRIKE- one where the workers stop working
Chairman (after the mediation, how many before the PANGKAT will but do not leave their place of work.
conduct conciliation- 15 days and another 15 days for extention) 86. Declared and staged without filing the required notice of strike
3rd Process Arbitration or conciliation – to be conducted by Pangkat and without the majority approval of the recognized bargaining
4th process- execution (reaching of amicable settlement if not agent.
issuance of cert. to file a. wild-cat strike
action) b. unfair labor practice
Estimated number of days for the whole KP process is 45 days c. economic strike
How many numbers of absent for the respondent before the lupon d. sit down strike
could issue a cert. to file action? 3 absences. 87. As a general rule can the CDM use tear gas, smoke grenade or
83. Who is the father of ADR here in the Philippines? water cannon in dealing with the demonstrator?
A. Teodulo Natividad a. yes
B. Ferdinand Marcos b. no
C. Fred Castro c. true
D. None of these d. false
84. Failure to agree on the terms and conditions of the Collective 88. Public assemblies held in freedom parks or on private property
Bargaining Agreement between the management and the union. _____ a permit for the activity.
a. strike a. need
b. picketing b. mandatory
c. lock outs c. not need
d. bargaining dreadlock d. optional
Strikes - refers to any temporary stoppage of work by the concerted
action of the employees as a result of an industrial or labor dispute Public assembly - refers to any rally, demonstration,
Picketing - is a form of protest in which people (called pickets or march, parade, procession or any other form of mass or
picketers) congregate outside a place of work or location where an concerted action held in a public place for the purpose of
event is taking place. Often, this is done in an attempt to dissuade presenting a lawful cause; or expressing an opinion to the
others from going in ("crossing the picket line"), but it can also be general public on any particular issue; or protesting or
done to draw public attention to a cause. influencing any state of affairs whether political, economic
lockout - is the temporary refusal of an employee to furnish work as a or social; or petitioning the government for redress of
result of an industrial or labor dispute grievances.
Grounds no permit shall be required if the public assembly shall be
a. Unfair labor practices and done or made in a freedom park duly established by law or
b. Bargaining deadlock - failure to agree on the terms ordinance or in private property
and conditions of the Collective Bargaining
Agreement between the management and the The guidelines in applications for a permit for public
union (Chan Robles Virtual Law Library, 2005). assembly are as follow (BP.880, 1985, Section 4):
1. The applications shall be in writing and shall include the
85. One where the workers stop working but do not leave their place names of the leaders or organizers; the purpose of such
of work. public assembly, the date, time and duration thereof, and
a. wild-cat strike place or streets to be used for the intended activity; and
b. unfair labor practice the probable number of persons participating, the transport
c. economic strike and the public address systems to be used;
d. sit down strike 2. The application shall incorporate the duty and responsibility
of the applicant:
3. The application shall be filed with the office of the mayor of
Different Forms of Labor Strikes the city or municipality in whose jurisdiction the intended
1. LEGAL STRIKE one called for a valid purpose and activity is to be held, at least five (5) working days before
conducted through means allowed by law the scheduled public assembly; and
2. ILLEGAL STRIKE-one staged for a purpose not 4. Upon receipt of the application, which must be duly
recognized by law, or if for a valid purpose, conducted acknowledged in writing, the office of the city or municipal
through means not sanctioned by law. mayor shall cause the same to immediately be posted at a
3. ECONOMIC STRIKE one staged by workers to force wage conspicuous place in the city or municipal building.
or other economic concessions from the employer which he 89. No public assembly with a permit shall be dispersed.
is not required by law to grant. a. true
4. Unfair Labor Practice (ULP) STRIKE-one called to b. false
protest against the employer's acts of unfair practice c. maybe
enumerated in Article 248 of the Labor Code, as amended, d. it depends
including gross violation of the collective bargaining
agreement (CBA) and union busting.

90. It refers to the dismantling by the Local Government Unit (LGU), c. for personal reason
any legally authorized agency or personnel of the government of all d. because of political and ideological belief
the structures within the premises subject for clearing. CATEGORIES OF HOSTAGE TAKERS
a. demolition Persons In Crisis - People who make hostages during a period of
b. eviction prolonged frustration, despair and problems
c. coercion Psychotics - Mentally ill people who take hostages during a period of
d. all of these psychiatric disturbances
91. Notice upon the affected persons or entities at least ___days prior Common Criminals - People who take hostages for personal rather
to the date of eviction or demolition than ideological reasons.
a. 15 Prisoner - Who take hostages because of dissatisfaction and
b. 20 discontent regarding their living conditions in prison
c. 25 Political Terrorist - Ideologically-inspired individuals or groups of
d. 30 people who take hostages because of political and ideological beliefs
92. Any party to the dispute may, within ___________days from the CHARACTERISTICS OF HOSTAGE –TAKERS
date of the settlement, repudiate the same by filing with the lupon Mentally deranged - suffer from delusion and hallucination, and
chairman a statement to that effect sworn to before him, where the they;
consent is vitiated by fraud, violence, or intimidation. a. Sets the rule;
a. Within 5 days b. Reacts on overwhelming stress, forcing them to
b. Within 10 days take action to relieve stress; may even
c. Within 15 days c. Take members of their family as hostage.
d. Within 3 days Severe depression – suffers also some mental aberration which is
May any of the parties repudiate the agreement to arbitrate? an answer to life stress that could lead to self-destruction as in
 Yes, any party may repudiate the agreement to arbitrate suicide.
but he must do so within five (5) days from the date Personality disorder – with anti-social and maladaptive patterns of
of the execution of agreement to arbitrate. (Sec 413 behavior that brings him repeatedly in conflict with society. If he
of the Local Government Code) demands for member of his family, do not grant, family could be the
Within what time shall the Lupon Chairman or the Pangkat cause of being what he is.
Chairman make the arbitration award and in what form will it Paranoid – he feels threatened and persecute, highly suspicious of
be? people and impulsive.
 The Lupon Chairman or the Pangkat Chairman shall make Sociopathic personality – highly impulsive and unable to delay
the arbitration award after the expiration of the period for gratification so that if hostage is a woman raping her is a probability.
repudiation of the agreement to arbitrate and within ten Terrorist – with political purpose or agenda. They use threats and
(10) days thereafter. The arbitration award shall be in harassment to create an atmosphere of fear, disregarding women
writing and in the language or dialect known to the parties. and children as victims, they are only loyal to themselves and other
(Sec 413 of the Local Government Code) allied groups and willing to give life as part of martyrdom.
93. An arbitration award may be enforced by execution by the Lupon
_______from the date of the settlement. UPON ARRIVAL AT THE SCENE OF THE INCIDENT.
a. Within 1 month Negotiator should act immediately on the following:
b. within six (6) months 1. Containment – control of area and people;
c. within 9 months 2. Establish contact – if several hostage-takers are
d. within 12 months involved, talk with leader only. If recognize as an officer of
How shall an arbitration award be enforced? the law, never tell rank, since hostage-taker may ask for
 An arbitration award may be enforced by execution by the demands that he thinks can be at once granted. If deceit
Lupon within six (6) months from the date of the has to be used do not get caught and bluff.
settlement. After the lapse of the six – month 3. Time lengthening – this will give more time to the police
period, it may be enforced by action in the appropriate to organize and coordinate plan of action. It could also lead
Municipal Trial Court. (Sec 417 of the Local Government to the hostage takers loss of objectivity;
Code) 4. Telephone negotiation technique – be the caller, plan
94. In dealing with the hostage taker, the negotiator should not and prepare and be ready with what has to be negotiated.
a. give his name Discipline oneself to listen. For whatever demand granted
b. give his rank and designation hold on to a concession, and try to get something in return
c. give in to all demands e.g. release of children and women hostage.
d. look friendly or accommodating 5. On a face-to-face negotiation – observe the rules; do
95. The most important consideration in a hostage taking situation is not be over anxious, prepare for a psychological, physical
a. protection of life and emotional confrontation. Wear body armor, have a
b. media coverage weapon, but if ask to come without one, ensure that they
c. protection of property too, should lay down firearms before you enter the place of
d. capture of the hostage taker negotiation. Coming on face-to-face situation, observe
96. the highest ranking field commander should not also be the chief prescribed distance as in personal distance, it should be
negotiator because of___ one to three feet, and while in intimae about 6 inches. In
a. hostage takers will be afraid getting out face hostage-taker; slowly walk out of the door
b. he is not authorized to grant concessions with good cover or tactical backup.
c. conflict of interest as mediator and decision On surrender approach – start with a position approach an
maker act as if the hostage-taker will surrender. Do not talk too much,
d. hostage taker will not trust him talk detail of surrender process, and explain why now is
97. These are priorities in a hostage taking situation EXCEPT, HANDLING OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF HOSTAGE TAKERS
a. Preservation of life The paranoid condition (Schizophrenia) characteristics
b. Arrest of hostage taker  His need to explain may offer an opportunity to establish
c. recover and protect property rapport
d. involve the media  Do not try to argue him out of his delusion.
98. “Persons in crisis” are those hostage takers who take hostages:  Try to ally yourself with his perspective without sounding
a. by reason of mental illness insincere
b. by reason of prolonged frustration, despair and  Avoid use of family members, as they may be part of the
problems delusional system

 There may be a negative attitude toward the mental health A. R.A 8177
profession B. R.A 10630
 Do not stare or get too close C. R.A 7160
The anti-social personality (Psychopath/sociopath) D. P.D 1508
 Keep his egocentricity in mind 102. Who heads the Lupon Tagapamayapa as prescribed in Republic
 Must be convinced that the safe release of the hostages is Act 7160?
to his advantage A. Barangay Chairman
 Negotiation must be reality oriented B. District Representative
 Non-police negotiator will be of marginal value or only C. City Mayor
make the situation worse. D. Provincial Governor
The situational stress reaction 103. What is known to be the oldest but commonly used terrorist
 Allow him to ventilate his feelings tactic where target are often police, military officials or political
 Then try to get him to describe events as objectively as features?
possible A. Hijacking
 Have him go back over the options he has ruled out B. Assassination
The inadequate personality C. Ambush
 Provide understanding and uncritical acceptance D. bombing
 Help him find a way to end this without having failed again TERRORISM - a threat or actual use of force or violence for political
build self – esteem. or other purpose, to foster fear, insecurity, distrust, and unrest
 Parents and friends brought to the scene may cause strong among a specific group or the general population.
feelings or failure or embarrassment and cause him to  “Violence for effect… not primarily, and sometimes not all
prove he can do something imortannt. for the physical effect on the actual target, but rather for its
 Do not introduce non-police negotiator to observe his dramatic impact on an audience.”
failure  “The calculated use of violence or the threat of violence to
 Consider the use of negotiator of the opposite sex attain goals, often political or ideological in nature”.
 After rapport is established, the negotiator may be more  “Is violent criminal behavior designed to generate fear in
authoritative. the community, or a substantial segment of it, for political
 However, because of all the attention he is receiving he purposes.
may not want the situation to end CLASSIFICATION OF TERRORIST
Professional criminal - this is usually the easiest to deal with 1. National Terrorist - A terrorist who operates and aspires
considering he is a relatively rational thinker. After assessing the to political power primarily within a single nation.
situation and weighing the odds, in most cases, this type of HT comes 2. Transnational Terrorist - This is a terrorist who operates
to terms with the police. across national boarders, whose actions and political
 Show force but refrain from unnecessary violence or aspirations may affect individual of more than one
useless killing. nationality.
Terrorist – a more difficult hostage situation – viewed a psychopathic 3. International Terrorists - A terrorists who is controlled
with a caused, under a leader of the group, when caught they by, and whose actions represent the national interest of a
rationalized by claiming to be revolutionaries. They are resolved to sovereign state.
die for the cause. MOTIVATION AND GROUP CLASSIFICATION
 Their causes may deteriorate in the passage of time 1. Minority Nationalistic Groups - groups fighting the
. In any case, if they kill one of the several majority of the community where the support base will
hostages, the negotiators then must set to save depend one ethnic, religion, linguistic minorities at odd with
the remaining hostages – they will likely kill them the majority community.
all. 2. Marxist Revolutionary Groups – here, the terrorists’
Hostage Taker’s Needs and Demands movement is characterized by its possession of a coherent
1. Instrumental needs Marxist ideology and of a long-term strategy for bringing
 These are the spoken, often tangible needs such as about the socialistic revolution.
survival, food, water, comfort and predictability 3. Anarchist Group - True Anarchist are difficult to find since
of circumstances. This needs almost always true anarchy brings lawlessness and disorder, which is not
emerged first because that are easy to talk about a natural state in which the human race exists.
with a stranger 4. Pathological Groups – problematic individuals who are
2. Expressive needs grouped together for some terrorist activities for emotional
 These are the unspoken and often intangible needs satisfaction.
such as power, acceptance, belonging, affection, Sequence of Terrorist Action
and self worthiness. 1. Pre-incident phase – reconnaissance mission, Rehearsal
Demands • Often reconnaissance team, planners, perpetrators
a. Negotiable – food, cigarettes, drinks, alcohol, do not meet.
transportation, media coverage. freedom • Communication are through intermediaries or by
b. Not negotiable – weapons/ammunition, drugs, message drop.
release of prisoners and exchange of hostages 2. Initiative Phase – moves to their target covertly.
99. In hostage situation, non-verbal communication which indicates • they use false names, ID, passports
openness and willingness to listen can be shown by : • they use separate routes
a. a posture of folded arms in a dominant position • weapons and other items are separately to pre-
b. calmly repeating words of comfort and assurance arrange locations
c. by not attempting to to trick or lie 3. Negotiation/Climax Phases
d. keeping in arm open and with a gesture that you • They use negotiation to gain publicity.
are willing to negotiate • Negotiation- often requires inter-government
100. It is a type of crisis which the person deprived basic necessities negotiations at the highest level.
of life like food and material things. • When government failed to give demands, they
a. physical crisis initiate more terror
b. emotional crisis 4. Post incident Phase
c. economic crisis • they learn from their failures and success
d. moral crisis • terrorist re-groups, criticize and give critique about
101. It is known as the katarungang pambarangay. the operation.

COMPONENTS OF AN ORGANIZED TERRORIST GROUP b. Those involving actual residents of different barangays
Hardcore leadership – in the terrorist world, leaders are often within the same city or municipality shall be brought in the
paranoid and fanatical and yet have a legitimate front, behind which barangay where the respondent or any of the respondents
they operate consistently. actually resides, at the election of the complainant;
Active cadre – are the DOERS, the men of action who carry out the c. All disputes involving real property or any interest therein
orders from higher command. shall be brought in the barangay where the real property or
Active supporters – provide the logistical support needed to sustain the larger portion thereof is situated; and
terrorist operations. They provide safe houses, weapons, ammunition, d. d. Those arising at the workplace where the contending
vehicles, medical support, food, money etc. parties are employed or at the institution where such
Passive supporters – the most difficult elements to define and parties are enrolled for study shall be brought in the
organize. They consist of those people who are sympathetic to the barangay where such workplace or institution is located.
cause but those who often will not stand up and be counted through  Take Note: The respondent must raise the question
the fear of becoming involved of improper venue in the mediation proceedings
104. This is a type of person that displays attention-seeking behavior. before the Punong Barangay; otherwise, the
Hostage taking is his action to prove himself or his worth. same shall be deemed waived.
a. adequate personality 112. Jojo involved in fistfight with his classmate Jaja in their school.
b. inadequate personality The latter got a hematoma on his right eye. If you are Jojo, where
c. anti social personality would you bring this issue to file a complaint?
d. none a. Bgy. Masaya
105. Some assassinations have been committed for a monetary b. Bgy. Malungkot
reward. There is frequently a distinct difference between the basic c. Bgy. Masaya na siya sa iba
causes of an assassination and the motives given by the assassins. d. Bgy. Malungkot kasi wala na siya
a. mercenary causes e. Nota
b. revolutionary 113. The chairman of the pangkat tagapagkasundo.
c. personal causes a. Chairman
d. emotional causes b. Secretary
106. Some assassinations are motivated by beliefs that the intending c. Kagawad
victim is impairing the principle of the assassin and his associates. d. Sk chairman
a. economic causes e. Nota
b. revolutionary causes 114. Who is the chairman of Crisis Management Committee?
c. ideological causes A. Sec of DILG
107. It is a natural disagreement arising between two or more B. Chief, PNP
people. It exists when they have incompatible goals and one or more C. Mayor
believe that the behavior of the other prevents them from their own D. None of these
goal achievement. 115. Who is the father of ADR here in the Philipp‌ines?
a. problem A. Teodulo Natividad
b. conflict B. Ferdinand Marcos
c. misunderstanding C. Fred Castro
d. settlement D. None of these
108. It is the body of men created to settle disputes within the 116. This can be considered in the Arbitration Process. It will a
barangay level combination of techniques to achieve mutually accepted resolution?
a. barangay tanod A. Preventive and Cooperative Stage
b. pangkat tagapagkasundo B. Dispute De-escalation Control and Real Time Resolution
c. barangay council Stage
d. lupon tagapamayapa C. Facillitate Resolution Stage
109. A 56-year-old former military personnel take hostages at the D. None of these
local bank involving (10) bank employees, (4) senior citizen, (7) 117. It is a method whereby an organized group or party seeks to
clients and (1) child. Hours later the hostage taker releases his achieve its avowed aims chiefly through the systematic use of
hostages one by one and set them all free. According to one of the violence.
hostages, the suspect developed sympathy to the hostages. This A. conventional warfare B. insurrection
scenario can be described as. C. terrorism D.
a. Stockholm syndrome insurgency
b. London syndrome 118. The calculated use of violence or threat of violence to attain
c. Lima syndrome political, religious or ideological goals by instilling fear or using
d. Cold Turkey Syndrome intimidation or coercion.
110. In Stockholm syndrome, some of the causes why a hostage A. Crisis B. Strike
becomes cooperative with the hostage taker is due to C. Crime D.
a. selfishness Terrorism
b. personal grudge 119. It provides damage assessment need analysis.
c. personal affection A. Consequence Management Group
d. personal interest B. Public Affairs Group
111. Jojo from bgy. Masaya was a victim of scam by Jaja who is C. Negotiation Group
residing in bgy. Malungkot. The former wanted to file a complaint. D. None of these
Where he should file ? CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM
a. Bgy. Masaya Team – is a small group of people with complementary skills who are
b. Bgy. Malungkot committed to a common purpose, performance goals and approach
c. Bgy. Masaya na siya sa iba for which they hold themselves mutually accountable.
d. Bgy. Malungkot kasi wala na siya THE NEGOTIATING TEAM (FOREIGN SET-UP)
e. Nota  Negotiator Supervisor – is responsible for the overall
THE RULES IN DETERMINING VENUE IN SETTLING DISPUTES ARE functioning of the negotiating team. In addition to his
THE FOLLOWING: supervisory skills, the supervisor must have leadership
ability. He should see to it that the situation is negotiable,
a. The disputes between persons actually residing in the same
appropriate personnel is available, intelligence is gathered
barangay shall be brought for amicable settlement before
in timely manner, communications are established,
the Lupon of said barangay;

negotiation strategy is working-out, an appropriate record  Effective Pauses – not saying anything when the hostage
of the negotiation is kept and the commander is well taker finishes talking, encouraging him to fill the empty or
informed. blank space with additional communications or information.
 Primary Negotiator – is the direct communication link to the  Minimal Encouragement – saying yes, ok or other verbal
hostage taker and is responsible for developing verbal indicators that the negotiator is actually listening to the
tactics, monitoring and assessing the hostage taker’s level hostage taker.
of emotional arousal and helping the hostage taker engage  Paraphrasing – a response in which the negotiator gives
in problem solving. the hostage taker the essence of his message in the
 Secondary Negotiator – is the pipeline between the negotiator’s words.
negotiation team and primary. He helps to develop verbal  Summative Reflections – a response in which the
tactics, provides moral support for the primary. negotiator summarizes the main facts and feelings that the
 Intelligence Officer – is responsible for gathering hostage taker has expressed over a relatively long period.
intelligence from various sources, interviewing all relevant  I-Messages – a response in which the negotiator
persons involved in the incident, collating and expresses his emotions in response to the hostage taker.
disseminating that information, maintaining and updating These are messages that personalize the negotiator without
status boards and making sure that all response units are becoming a personal attack and allow negotiator to
receiving accurate and timely intelligence. introduce new ideas without raising excessive resistance.
 Mental Health Consultant – is responsible for evaluating the 124. The ex-hostage may shake uncontrollably, experiencing
personality of the hostage taker, recommending negotiation unexplained
strategies, monitoring team stress, monitoring stress fear.
among the hostage takers and hostages. a. Emotional Aftereffects
 Equipment Officer – is someone who understands technical b. Cognitive Aftereffects
information regarding radios, computers, phone systems, c. Behavioral Aftereffects
mechanical systems, etc. and can make minor repairs. d. Physical Aftereffects
120. It is the immediate area of containment as designated by the 125. Statements from hostage takers such as “if only I had done so
on-ground commander and so I wouldn’t have been captured”, are commonly heard.
a. Inner Perimeter a. Emotional Aftereffects
b. Outer Perimeter - is a secondary control area surrounding b. Cognitive Aftereffects
the inner perimeter, providing a safe zone for access to the c. Behavioral Aftereffects
inner perimeter. d. Physical Aftereffects
c. Command Post Cognitive Aftereffects – the hostages believed they failed themselves,
d. Nota co-workers, friends and family. That somehow they are less of a
121. This component is responsible for maintaining perimeter control person for having been captive. Self-criticizing and second-guessing
are common.
both inner and outer. Also called containment sub-team.
126. this includes social and self-isolation, uncontrollable crying, and
a. First Component
increase or decrease in aggression, poor concentration, intrusive
b. Second Component thoughts, trouble with authority figures, an increase startle response
c. Third Component and alcohol and drug abuse.
d. Nota a. Emotional Aftereffects
TACTICAL TEAM IS DIVIDED INTO THREE MAJOR COMPONENTS: b. Cognitive Aftereffects
1. First Component – this component is responsible for maintaining c. Behavioral Aftereffects
perimeter control both inner and outer. Also called containment sub- d. Physical Aftereffects
team. 127. It is the deep sleep suffered by the HT that immediately
2. Second Component – the second component is apprehension and precedes REM sleep, it is necessary for the body to replenish itself
assault team. Members of this sub-team make an undetected and it is the sleep where the greatest physiological benefits are
approach to the location, plan and prepare for the release of derived.
hostages, and make an assault if necessary. Also called apprehension a. Sleep disorder
and assault sub-team. b. Apnea
3. Third Component – is the sniper / observer sub-team. The c. Stage 4 Sleep
sniper/observer sub-team (third component) has two responsibilities: d. Nota
 Provide intelligence on factors present at the location. 128. The cardinal rule to follow in a hostage taking situation is,
These factors may include physical layout, placement of a. commanders should not negotiate, negotiators
walls, furniture, specific location of hostages and hostage should not command
takers, clothing and mental state of hostages and hostage b. open the communication at once
takers. c. negotiate publicly
 Prepare for a shot on the hostage taker. d. ask for demands
122. a response in which the negotiator mirrors back to the hostage • *mortal sin in hostage taking negotiation =SAYING NO
taker the emotions of the hostage taker in communicating, the TO THE HOSTAGE TAKER
negotiator repeats the last word or phrase. 129. When both hostage and hostage taker develop a mutual feeling
a. Open-Ended Questions/Statements of sympathy, understanding, and other shared stand on issues,
b. Effective Pauses leading them to become enemies of the State, this turn referred to
c. Minimal Encouragement as,
d. Mirroring (Reflecting Feelings) a. Stockholm Syndrome
123. a response in which negotiator let the hostage taker know he b. Confrontation
understands the facts and the feelings the hostage taker is c. Negotiation
communicating. The use of emotionally descriptive words to show d. familiarization
that the negotiator understands the feelings the subject is 3 Unique Syndromes in Hostage Taking
experiencing. STOCKHOLM SYNDROME (STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN) – the hostages
a. Emotional Labeling (Reflecting Meaning) expressed sympathy over the hostage takers
b. I-Messages LIMA SYNDROME (LIMA, PERU) – the hostage takers expressed
c. Summative Reflections kindness and sympathy over the hostages.
d. Paraphrasing LONDON SYNDROME – the hostages are hostile to the hostage takers
(Arturito)
 Open-Ended Questions/Statements –question or The first step in hostage taking crisis is:
statements directed at the hostage taker designed to get a. crowd control
him to open up and give a long, verbal answer. b. negotiation
c. assault – last option

d. traffic control b. Withhold the media from terrorist
130. Pursuant to the PNP Police Operational Procedures Manual of c. Give all of their demands
2010, this group should d. Let the hostages be killed
immediately be activated in case of hostage situation: 141. In a hostage situation, non-verbal communication which
a. Hostage Negotiation Team indicates openness and willingness to listen can be shown by
b. Civil Disturbance Management Team – anti rally and a. A posture of a folded arms in a dominant position
demonstration b. Calmly repeating words of comfort or assurance
c. Crisis Management Task Group c. By not attempting to trick or lie
d. PNP Command Post d. Keeping arms open and with other gesture that
• *Specific answer: SAF indicates that you are willing to negotiate
131. The highest-ranking field commander should not also be the 142. The best approach in negotiating with a paranoid schizophrenic
chief negotiator because: hostage taker is
a. hostage takers will be afraid a. To accept their beliefs as being true
b. he is not authorized to grant concessions b. To try to convince them that their beliefs are wrong
c. conflict of interest as mediator and decision c. To show them that they are just crazy
maker d. To try to bluff or trick them
d. hostage takers will not trust him 143. The following are the reasons why common criminals are easy to
132. A comprehensive plan which delineates responsibilities and negotiate except
specific action to be taken when a bomb incident or bomb threat a. Fear of police assault and punishment
occurs is called ____ b. Criminals are usually rational thinkers
a. Floor plan c. They are familiar with police operation and tactics
b. Bomb threat plan d. Their ultimate desire is to surrender and their
c. Drill – dry run / practice possible punishment could be mitigated
d. Contingency plan – emergency plain during disaster 144. Which of the following is not the reason why dealing with the
133. It means DELAY in hostage drama-\ terrorist takers is difficult?
a. Time management a. Terrorists are usually highly trained combatants who have
b. STALE TIME been politically and ideologically indoctrinated
c. Be a caller b. Terrorists act as part of a group, and their behavior will be
d. Never say No to HT pressured by group dynamics
134. Best communication tool or equipment used in hostage situation. c. The terrorist hostage-taking drama is capable of
a. Telephone producing conflicts of principles that are not easy to
b. Walkie talkie resolve
c. Messenger d. Most of the terrorist groups received training in the
d. Viber techniques that will be used against them in the country
135. The one who makes complete estimate of the crisis situation and chosen for the attacks
plans his courses of actions upon arrival at the incident area while 145. The following options must be present to control the hostage-
negotiation is in progress is the taking situation, except
A. Chief Negotiator B. Tactical Commander a. Absolute containment of the perpetrator
C. Firefighting team D. Support Unit Commander b. By placing a set-up for a bargaining position
136. They believe threatened/ persecuted they are highly suspicious c. Evaluation and isolation of target area
of persons. Acts with anti-value set to relieve stress or vindicate d. Effective command and control activities for coordination
himself and impulsive.
and proper decision-making
A. Socio path B.
146. The negotiators in hostage taking incidents should strive to
Paranoid hostage taker
a. Be mediators not arbitrators
C. Terrorists D. Neurotic
b. Refute all views of the terrorist
137. According to Frederick Hacker, these are terrorists who are using
c. Promise that all their demands will be met
terrorism to change society.
d. Set the pace, mood, and topic of conversation
A. Crusaders
themselves
B. Crazies
147. Which of the following is not a terrorist goal
C. Criminals
a. Worldwide / local recognition
D. Mercenaries
b. Disruption of community and mobility
138. In general, hostage takers are emotionally tense; when trapped,
c. Harassment, embarrassment and weakening of government
they expand a great deal of emotional, physical and psychic energy,
d. Understanding of social environment
hence,
148. There are three categories of the terrorist, which of the following
a. Swift and precise attack will be one advantage for the
does not belong to the classification of terrorist?
authorities
a. Crusaders
b. Shortening the time will press him to surrender
b. Crazies
c. Prolonging the passage of time shall wear them
c. Criminals
down
d. Preachers
d. Aggravating their stress will lead them to surrender
149. Kidnappers may ____ their kidnap victims due to attritional
139. The following are manifestations of a calm attitude of a
factors, use of negotiations and use of force by law enforcement
negotiator which are advisable in dealing with a hostage situation,
authority
except;
a. Kill
a. Avoid words/actions that could have the appearance of an
b. Keep
egotistical threat
c. Ransom
b. Be firm and avoid indecision or ambivalence
d. Release
c. Build a rapport with the hostage taker
150. The hostages has ______ value to the hostage-taker
d. Giving the hostage taker their negotiable demands
a. Indispensable
140. When a highly trained a motivated group of hostage takers ask
b. Important
for non-negotiable demands, they are left with three options a)
c. Lot
choose martyrdom, kill hostages and commit suicide, b) lessen
d. No
demands to more realistic proportions; and c) surrender. If they
choose martyrdom and kill hostages, the useful action is:
a. Attack them swiftly with precision

Crim Red Tips April2023

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Crim Red Tips April2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ARC's RED TIPS APRIL2023

1. JUNE 2018 CLE, An act creating the board

Lima syndrome= the hostage taker develops sympathy

1|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

16. It is term as the relationship between

Which is known as RA 11131? **1000STARS** 25. DECEMBER 2017, He was considered as

19. The people seeks pleasure and avoids

20. Criminology changes as social condition

2|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

3|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

42. The study of criminology involves several

4|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

5|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

75. What is the scientific study of victimization,

6|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

7|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

8|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

9|Page AMICI REVIEW CENTER

10 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

134. It is a measuring or calculating of the

11 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

12 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

13 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

14 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

 Somatology – study of behavior and

15 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

C. Insane criminals Other questions:

D. Habitual criminals  Severe mental disorder

16 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

17 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

 *strain theory – Robert Merton

91. This theory suggest that females and B. Values

18 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

B. Denial of harm to the victim in which the

19 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

105. This theory believes that society is

NOTE: PGS = PERFORMANCE GOVERNANCE  Crime & Number of People =

20 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

21 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

22 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

Follow up question – what crime is  anti cyber crime law = RA 10175

23 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

24 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

149. It is a proposal of a double male or REFERENCE: PCR PNP MANUAL 2012

25 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

26 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

*Criminal Law – branch of public substantive  *Felicific Calculus – imaginary math

27 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

Other common sexual deviance 182. The ____________ presupposes that

178. These are violent acts directed toward a

28 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

*Utilitarianism (Jeremy Bentham) 192. He introduced the “theory of

KEYWORDS for DAT ➔ ALI-CSI

29 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

201. This school on crime causation

30 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

31 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

32 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

224. These are crimes which are wrong

33 | P a g e AMICI REVIEW CENTER

244. An ego defense mechanism in which

 Sublimation – looking for accepted

Which is known as RA 11131? 1000STARS 25. DECEMBER 2017, He was considered as

Criminal Law – branch of public substantive  Felicific Calculus – imaginary math